[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2023242598A1 - Bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation - Google Patents

Bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023242598A1
WO2023242598A1 PCT/GB2023/051594 GB2023051594W WO2023242598A1 WO 2023242598 A1 WO2023242598 A1 WO 2023242598A1 GB 2023051594 W GB2023051594 W GB 2023051594W WO 2023242598 A1 WO2023242598 A1 WO 2023242598A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
alkyl
heteroaryl
aryl
heterocycloalkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2023/051594
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Andrea TESTA
Callum Macgregor
Gregor MEIER
Callum HAMBY
Charlene FALLAN
Original Assignee
Amphista Therapeutics Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GBGB2208874.4A external-priority patent/GB202208874D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB2219257.9A external-priority patent/GB202219257D0/en
Application filed by Amphista Therapeutics Limited filed Critical Amphista Therapeutics Limited
Publication of WO2023242598A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023242598A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D211/62Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals attached in position 4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/08Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/18Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/26Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by nitrogen atoms

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a novel class of bifunctional molecules that are useful in a targeted or selective degradation of a protein, the protein being selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • TPD Targeted Protein Degradation
  • other drug modalities e.g. small molecule inhibitors, antibodies & proteinbased agents, antisense oligonucleotides and related knockdown approaches
  • potentiated pharmacology due to catalytic protein removal from within cells
  • ability to inhibit multiple functions of a specific drug target including e.g.
  • scaffolding function through target knockdown; opportunity for systemic dosing with good biodistribution; potent in vivo efficacy due to catalytic potency and prolonged duration of action limited only by de novo protein resynthesis; and facile chemical synthesis and formulation using application of small molecule processes.
  • UPS ubiquitin- proteasome system
  • the UPS can be repurposed to degrade specific proteins using bifunctional chemical molecules, commonly referred to as bifunctional degraders, as therapeutic agents. These molecules act by inducing the proximity of desired substrates with UPS proteins to initiate a cascade of events which ultimately leads to degradation, and removal of the protein from the cell by the proteasome.
  • PROTACs Proteolysis targeting chimeras constitute one such class of bifunctional degraders, which induce proximity of target proteins to the UPS by recruitment of specific ubiquitin E3 ligases.
  • PROTACs are composed of two ligands joined by a linker - one ligand to engage a desired target protein and another ligand to recruit a ubiquitin E3 ligase.
  • VHL von Hippel-Lindau
  • CRBN Cereblon
  • PROTACs recruiting VHL are typically based on hydroxyproline-containing ligands
  • PROTACs recruiting CRBN are typically characterised by the presence of a glutarimide moiety, such as thalidomide, pomalidomide and lenalidomide or close analogues to act as the warhead.
  • Other ligases including mdm2 and the IAP family have also shown utility in PROTAC design.
  • limitations of current PROTAC approaches include: inability to efficiently degrade some targets; poor activity of PROTACs in many specific cells due to low and variable expression of E3 ligases and other proteins required for efficient degradation; chemical properties which make it more difficult to prepare degraders with suitable drug-like properties including good drug metabolism & pharmacokinetic profiles; and high susceptibility to induced resistance mechanisms in tumours.
  • the present disclosure is based on the identification of a novel class of bifunctional molecules that are useful in a targeted and/or selective degradation of a desired protein, e.g. a “target protein”.
  • a target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • bifunctional molecules described herein comprise a general structure of:
  • TBL is a target protein binding ligand and L is a linker.
  • the moiety “Z” (a “warhead”) modulates, facilitates and/or promotes proteasomal degradation of the target protein and may, in some cases, be referred to as a modulator, facilitator and/or promoter of proteasomal degradation.
  • the TBL moiety of the bifunctional molecule binds to a target protein.
  • the moiety Z (which is joined or otherwise connected to the TBL via the linker) then modulates, facilitates and/or promotes the degradation of this target protein, e.g. by acting to bring the target protein into proximity with a proteasome and/or by otherwise causing the target protein to be marked for proteasomal degradation within a cell.
  • the bifunctional molecules described in the present disclosure may be considered to comprise: a target protein binding ligand (TBL) (i.e. a ligand capable of binding (e.g. specifically binding) to a target protein; a warhead or degradation tag (Z) (e.g. moiety Z which acts to modulate, facilitate and/or promote the degradation of this target protein) and a linker (e.g. a chemical linker) which conjugates, joins or connects TBL and Z.
  • TBL target protein binding ligand
  • Z warhead or degradation tag
  • linker e.g. a chemical linker
  • the bifunctional molecules described in the present disclosure have been shown to be effective degraders against a wide range of target proteins. Without being bound by theory, it is hypothesised that the Z moiety of the bifunctional molecules described herein does not bind to the ubiquitin E3 ligases typically relied on in the classical PROTAC approaches discussed above (such as CRBN and VHL). Accordingly, the bifunctional molecules described herein are believed to modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteasomal degradation via an alternative mechanism. Thus, the present class of bifunctional molecules may be useful against a wider range of diseases (including those that are resistant to many PROTAC degraders).
  • TBL is a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand;
  • L is a linker
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zl): wherein: ring A 2 is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl or an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NR y , -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein R y is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl or H;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1-6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and further wherein Z is not: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising the bifunctional molecule of the first aspect, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, optionally wherein the bifunctional molecule is present in the composition as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or derivative.
  • the invention provides a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect, or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect, for use in medicine, suitably, wherein the use comprises the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • the invention provides a method of treating and/or preventing any disease or condition which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect, or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect to a subject in need thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a cell, the method comprising contacting and/or treating the cell with a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • the invention provides a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • the invention provides for use of a moiety Z as defined herein in a method of targeted protein degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • the invention provides for use of a moiety Z as defined herein in the manufacture of a bifunctional molecule suitable for targeted protein degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • the invention provides a method of making a bifunctional molecule the first aspect.
  • the invention provides a method of screening the bifunctional molecules of the first aspect, comprising: a. providing a bifunctional molecule comprising:
  • a linker that covalently attaches the first and second ligands b. contacting a cell with the bifunctional molecule; c. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell; d. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; and e. comparing the level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule to the level of degradation of the target protein in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; wherein an increased level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein, optionally wherein detecting degradation of the target protein comprises detecting changes in the levels of the target protein in the cell.
  • the invention provides a compound library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules of the first aspect.
  • the linker may be appended to moiety Z via the R 2 group.
  • the linker may be attached to moiety Z by way of a covalent bond between an atom on the linker and an atom contained in the ring system of the aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl of the R 2 group.
  • the linker may be attached to moiety Z by way of a covalent bond to the nitrogen atom of NR y or the benzylic carbon atom of the -CH(aryl)- or -CH(substituted aryl)-, for example by way of a covalent bond to the benzylic carbon atom of the -CH(aryl)- or - CH(substituted aryl)-.
  • R 2 may be absent.
  • the linker may be appended to moiety Z by way of a covalent bond between an atom on the linker and an atom contained in the heterocyclic ring (e.g. ring A 2 ).
  • the linker may be attached at any suitable position e.g. provided it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable.
  • the linker may be bonded at any position on the aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NR y , -CH(aryl)- or -CH(substituted aryl)- of the R 2 group or may replace a hydrogen atom at any position on the heterocyclic ring shown, for example, in formula (Zl).
  • ring A 2 is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N- heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, such as N and O.
  • ring A 2 is bicyclic or tricyclic, and unless otherwise stated, it may comprise rings that are joined by a bond, rings that are fused, a bridged ring and/or rings that are joined at a spiro centre.
  • ring A 2 When ring A 2 is bicyclic, it may be a bridged bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share three or more atoms) or it may be a spirocyclic bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share one atom, e.g. the two rings may be joined at a spiro centre).
  • ring A 2 When ring A 2 is a bridged bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A 2 is a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A 2 is a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one additional ring atom selected from N.
  • ring A 2 When ring A 2 is a spirocyclic bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12- membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A 2 is a 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some cases, ring A 2 is bicyclic and comprises a first 5- to 7-membered ring and a second 3- to 7-membered ring.
  • ring A 2 may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6-membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • ring A 2 may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6-membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one additional ring heteroatoms selected from N.
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zla): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge, optionally substituted C 3-5 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g. 5- to 7-membered N-heterocycloalkyl), optionally wherein the C 3-5 cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NR y , -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein R y is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl or H;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylheterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl aryl, substituted alkylaryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, alkyl heteroaryl, substituted alkylheteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are each independently CH 2 , O or NR X ;
  • R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl, or wherein one R 1 group and one R x group combine to form an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge, optionally substituted C 3-5 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g. a 5- to 7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl), optionally wherein the C 3-5 cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NR y , -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein R y is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl or H;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylheterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl aryl, substituted alkylaryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, alkyl heteroaryl, substituted alkylheteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S;
  • X 1 and X 4 are each CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 , O or NR X ; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is O;
  • R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl; or wherein one R 1 group and one R x group combine to form an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge; n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb’): wherein:
  • R 1 , R 3 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , n, m and L are as defined above in respect of formula (Zla) and (Zlb).
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb”): wherein:
  • R 2 , R 3 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , n and L are as defined above in respect of formula (Zla) and (Zlb).
  • an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge may be formed by two R 1 groups or, in some cases, by one R 1 group and one R x group.
  • the C 1 -3 bridge may be a C 1 - C 3 alkylene bridging group, such as methylene, ethylene or propylene.
  • the C 1 -C 3 bridge may be methylene or ethylene.
  • the C 1-3 bridge may comprise from one to three (e.g. one or two) substituents (selected from any suitable substituent as described herein).
  • the C 1 to C 3 alkylene bridging group may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy.
  • Z may comprise a structure according to formula (I): wherein R 1 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -NR y , -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein R y is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 , or a heteroatom selected from O and NR X , wherein R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • L shows the point of attachment of the linker
  • the list of options for R 3 given above may be replaced with C 1 to C 6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S.
  • R 2 may be absent or selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, - CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-. In some examples, at least one of R 1 or R 2 is present.
  • R 2 may be present and selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -NR y , - CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-.
  • R 2 may be present and selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, - CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-.
  • R 1 may be present and selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl.
  • At least one R 1 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge, optionally substituted Cs-ecycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl, optionally wherein the C 3-5 cycloalkyl or the 5-7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre.
  • both of R 1 and R 2 are present.
  • R 2 is present and at least one R 1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form a optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge, optionally substituted Cs-ecycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 1 and/or R 2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic ring (e.g. ring A) at any suitable position e.g. provided it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable.
  • R 1 and/or R 2 may replace a hydrogen atom at any position on the heterocyclic core, e.g. that shown in formula (I).
  • R 1 and R 2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic ring (e.g. ring A) at the same or different positions.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic core by way of different carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic core by way of the same carbon atom.
  • a double bond is present in Z.
  • the stereochemistry of this double bond may be either E or Z and this is indicated by the wavy line bond in formula (I) (and is similarly shown on the other formulae and structures disclosed herein).
  • this moiety may depend on the identity of the R 3 group.
  • Z may comprise a mixture of E and Z stereoisomers.
  • the present disclosure includes within its scope the use of each individual E and Z stereoisomers of any of the disclosed Z moieties according to formula (I) and any of the other formulae described herein (e.g. in a substantially stereopure form), as well as the use of mixtures of these E and Z isomers.
  • the stereochemistry of the double bond and the moieties bound to it is Z, i.e. the Z stereoisomer.
  • the stereochemistry of the double bond and the moieties bound to it is E, i.e. the E stereoisomer.
  • Z may be represented as either formula (la) or (lb): wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and n are as defined above and herein.
  • the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present disclosure includes within its scope the use of all stereoisomeric forms, or the use of a mixture of stereoisomers of the bifunctional molecules,
  • the bifunctional molecule comprises one or more chiral centres
  • the present disclosure encompasses each individual enantiomer of the bifunctional molecule as well as mixtures of enantiomers including racemic mixtures of such enantiomers.
  • the bifunctional molecule comprises two or more chiral centres
  • the present disclosure encompasses each individual diastereomer of the bifunctional molecule, as well as mixtures of the various diastereomers.
  • the various structures shown herein encompass all isomeric (e.g. enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure).
  • the present disclosure embraces the R and S configurations for each asymmetric centre, and Z and E double bond isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • all tautomeric forms of the bifunctional molecules described herein are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
  • bifunctional molecules as described herein in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by deuterium or tritium, or in which one or more carbon atoms have been replaced by a 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are to be understood to within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • Such molecules may be useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • a bifunctional molecule as described herein may be substituted with one or more deuterium atoms.
  • references to “a bifunctional molecule” may further embrace a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Z may be represented as formula (lc’): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent (i.e. m is 0) or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C 3 to C 8 cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form a C 1-3 bridge optionally substituted with one to three substituents, C 3 - 5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents or 5- to
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; -NR y ; -CH(aryl)-, wherein the aryl has 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms and is optionally substituted with one to three substituents)-; and -CH(heteroaryl)-, wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 10 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C 3 to Cs cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 , or a heteroatom selected from O and NR X , wherein R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl, or wherein one R 1 group and one R x group combine to form a C 1-3 bridge optionally substituted with one to three substituents; with the proviso that none, or only 1 or 2 X 2 and X 3 is a heteroatom; and m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • Z may be represented as formula (Ic): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C 3 to C 8 cycloalkyl; C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; -NR y ; -CH(aryl)-, wherein the aryl has 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms and is optionally substituted with one to three substituents)-; and -CH(heteroaryl)-, wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 10 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; Cs to Cs cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 , or a heteroatom selected from O and NR X , wherein R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl; with the proviso that none, or only 1 or 2 X 2 and X 3 is a heteroatom; and n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • Z may be represented as formula (Id’): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C 3 to Cs cycloalkyl; C 1 to C 6 alkyl and C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl; and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form a
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 al
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl optionally wherein the C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl is substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl,
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 , or a heteroatom selected from O and NR X , wherein R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl, or wherein one R 1 group and one R x group combine to form a C 1-3 bridge; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is a heteroatom; and m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • Z may be represented as formula (Id): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; C 3 to Cs cycloalkyl; C 1 to C 6 alkyl and C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 al
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; C 3 to Cs cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 , or a heteroatom selected from O and NR X , wherein R x is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is a heteroatom; and n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • Z may be represented as formula (le’): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C 3 to C7 cycloalkyl; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C 1 to C 6 alkyl and C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy; and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form a C 1-3 bridge, C 3-5 cycloalkyl or 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl (e.g. wherein the C 3-5 cycloalkyl or the
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; -NR y ; -CH(phenyl)-; and -CH(heteroaryl) wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 6 ring atoms and contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; and further wherein the phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, - CH(phenyl)- and -CH(heteroaryl) are each optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy; wherein R y is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group the heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl; phenyl; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl, phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is O; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n is 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • Z may be represented as formula (le): wherein:
  • R 1 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C 3 to C 7 cycloalkyl; C 1 to C 6 alkyl and C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; -NR y ; -CH(phenyl)-; and -CH(heteroaryl) wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 6 ring atoms and contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; and further wherein the phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, - CH(phenyl)- and -CH(heteroaryl) are each optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy; wherein R y is H or C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group the heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl; phenyl; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl, phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is O; and n is 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zll): wherein R 2 is absent or is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
  • R 3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
  • X 5 is CR b 2, NR b , O or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g. a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl); each R 1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C 1-3 bridge or optionally substituted C 3-5 cycloalkyl (optionally wherein the C 3-5 cycloalkyl is joined to the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zll) at a spiro centre);
  • R b is H or optionally substituted C 1 . 3 alkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
  • Z comprises a structure according to any one of formulae (Zlla) to (Zlle):
  • R 2 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
  • R 3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein; each R 1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R 1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C 3-5 cycloalkyl (optionally wherein the C 3-5 cycloalkyl is joined to the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zlla) at a spiro centre);
  • X 5 is C(R b ) 2 , NR b or O;
  • R b is H or optionally substituted C 1 -salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • Z may comprise a structure according to formula (Zllla) to (Zlllh): wherein:
  • R 2 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
  • R 3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein; each R 1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • X 5 is CH 2 , NR b or O
  • R b is H or optionally substituted C 1 -salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 or 2; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (ZlVa) to (ZlVj): wherein:
  • R 2 is absent or is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
  • R 3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein; each R 1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl; n1 is 0, 1 or 2; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • Z comprises a structure according to formula (If): wherein R 1 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)- and -CH(substituted aryl)-;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is present; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 of formula (If) may be selected from those groups defined above, e.g. for any one or more of formulae (I c’) , (Ic), (Id’), (Id), (le’) or (le).
  • n may be 1 , 2 or 3 and/or n1 may be 0, 1 or 2.
  • Z may be represented by formula (II): wherein R 2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl);
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a a heterocycloalkyl group;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is O; and
  • n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • L shows the point of attachment of the linker
  • Z may be represented by formula (Ila): wherein R 2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl);
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a a heterocycloalkyl group; and n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
  • n may be 1 or 2.
  • Z may be represented by formula (lib): o wherein R 2 is selected from aryl substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is O; n is 1 or 2; and
  • L shows the point of attachment of the linker
  • Z may be represented by formula (lle): wherein R 2 is selected from heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
  • X 1 is CH 2 ;
  • X 2 and X 3 are each independently CH 2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X 2 and X 3 is O; n is 1 or 2; and
  • Z may be represented by formula (lid): wherein R 2 is selected from heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 1 or 2; and
  • Z may comprise a structure according to formula (lle): wherein R 2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 1 or 2; and
  • Z may comprise a structure according to formula (Ilf): wherein R 2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • Z may comprise a structure according to formula (III): wherein R 1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and n is 0,1 , 2 or 3; and
  • n may be 1 or 2.
  • Z may be represented by formula (Illa): wherein R 1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • Z may be represented by formula (lllb): wherein R 1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • bifunctional molecules of formula (lllb) comprise at least two stereocentres and so exist in several diastereomeric (and enantiomeric) forms.
  • the groups R 1 and L may exist in a trans relationship (e.g. these groups are held and/or oriented on opposite sides of the heterocyclic core).
  • the groups R 1 and L may exist in a cis relationship (e.g. these groups are held and/or oriented on the same side of the heterocyclic core).
  • bifunctional molecules of formula (lllb) may encompass at least the following diastereomeric forms:
  • Z may be represented by formula (IV): wherein R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; R 4 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; and n is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
  • Z may comprise a structure according to formula (IVa):
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
  • R 4 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
  • R 4 may be selected from aryl or substituted aryl.
  • R 1 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, and substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • the aryl or heteroaryl may comprise one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 to C 6 alkyl (e.g. methyl), C 1 to C 6 alkoxy (e.g. methoxy), C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and halo.
  • R 1 may be phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 1 may be heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; C 3 to Cs cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 groups include but are not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrazolyl, and substituted pyrazolyl.
  • R 1 is a cycloalkyl, such as a C 3 to C7 cycloalkyl, or a Csto C 6 cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is a C 1 to C 6 alkyl, such as a C 1 to C 3 alkyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents as defined herein.
  • R 1 groups are illustrated below:
  • the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R 1 groups shown above and a carbon atom on the heterocycloalkyl core attached to the R 1 group in the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein).
  • a particular substitution pattern is shown in the exemplary aryl and heteroaryl structures above, it will be appreciated that other substitution patterns are also encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • two R 1 groups may combine to form a C 1-3 bridge or C 3-5 cycloalkyl.
  • two R 1 groups may combine to form a C 3 - scycloalkyl.
  • the C 3-5 cycloalkyl may be joined to the heterocyclic ring of the parent structure at a spiro centre.
  • R 2 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NR y , -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl) and -CH(substituted heteroaryl); wherein R y is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl (such as methyl) or H
  • R 2 is present in Z (and/or the bifunctional molecules described herein) as a divalent group.
  • the various groups defined for R 2 are covalently attached to an atom of the heterocyclic core of Z and also may be covalently attached to an atom of a linker. Thus, these groups may be considered as divalent radical species.
  • R 2 is selected from optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • R 2 may be selected from aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents.
  • R 2 may be selected from phenyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from H, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, halo, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 N atoms, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g. C 1 to C 3 alkyl), halo (e.g. F), C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl (e.g. C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl) and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy (e.g. C 1 to C 3 alkoxy).
  • suitable examples of R 2 include (but are not limited to) optionally substituted phenyl, and optionally substituted pyrazolyl.
  • the heterocycloalkyl may have 3 to 10 ring atoms and contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, and the heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents.
  • the heterocycloalkyl may have 5 to 8 ring atoms (e.g. 6 ring atoms) and may contain 1 or 2 N atoms.
  • suitable examples include (but are not limited to) optionally substituted piperidinyl, and optionally substituted piperazinyl.
  • R 2 groups are shown below:
  • R 6 may be selected from H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halo, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy. In some examples, R 6 may be selected from H and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R 2 groups shown above and a carbon atom on the heterocycloalkyl core attached to the R 2 group in the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein).
  • a particular substitution pattern is shown in the exemplary structures above, it will be appreciated that other substitution patterns are also encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the bond to L shows the point of attachment to the linker.
  • the linker may replace a hydrogen atom at any suitable position on the aryl ring (e.g. provided it is chemically suitable and has the correct valency).
  • R 3 is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted C 1 to C 6 alkyl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 3 may be selected from the group consisting of: C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the aryl and the heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy.
  • the aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from halo (e.g. F) and C 1 to C 3 alkyl (e.g. methyl).
  • R 3 groups include, but are not limited to, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, phenyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxetanyl, cyclobutanyl, cyclopropanyl, tert-butyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiophenyl, imidazo(1 ,2-a)pyridinyl, N-C 1 to C 6 alkylenemorpholine, and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 ,3-benzothiazolyl, such as thiazolyl, pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, phenyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxetanyl, cyclobutanyl, cyclopropanyl and ter
  • R 3 groups may be substituted, such as substituted thiazolyl, substituted pyridinyl, substituted benzothiazolyl, substituted phenyl, substituted pyrazolyl, substituted isoxazolyl, substituted isothiazolyl, substituted tetrahydropyranyl, substituted tetrahydrofuranyl, substituted oxetanyl, substituted cyclobutanyl, substituted cyclopropanyl and substituted tert-butyl.
  • R 3 is a substituted heteroaryl or aryl group, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring e.g. it may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted pyrazolyl or imidazolyl, a nitrogen atom of the pyrazolyl or imidazolyl ring may be substituted with C 1 to C 6 alkyl, such as methyl.
  • R 3 groups include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl, optionally substituted pyrazolyl, optionally substituted oxazoyl, optionally substituted isoxazolyl, tert-butyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl comprising a morpholino substituent, optionally substituted benzothiazolyl and optionally substituted pyridinyl.
  • R 3 is a substituted aryl or heteroaryl group, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring e.g. it may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted.
  • R 3 groups are shown below: ⁇ wherein the dotted line on the structures indicates the position that each of the respective R 3 groups may be joined to the structure shown in the formulae described herein. Where the dotted line is not shown connected directly to an atom, the R 3 group may be connected to the structure shown in formulae by a covalent bond to an atom at any position on the aromatic ring (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable). For example, a hydrogen at any position on the R 3 group may be replaced with a bond to the parent structures as shown in the formulae described herein.
  • R 5 may be any substituent as described herein or may be absent.
  • R 5 may be selected from halo (e.g. F, Cl, Br, I), CF 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , OCF 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , C 1 to C 6 alkyl, -CN, -OH, -OMe, -SMe, -SOMe, -SO 2 Me, -NH 2 , -NHMe, -NMe 2 , CO 2 Me, -NO 2 , CHO, and COMe.
  • n may be 0 to 5, such as 0 to 4, 0 to 3, or 0 to 2). Where more than one substituent is present, each substituent may be independently selected from the R 5 groups noted above.
  • R 6 may be C 1 to C 6 alkyl, such as methyl.
  • G may be selected from CH 2 , O and NH.
  • Q may be C 1 to C 6 alkylene such as dimethylmethylene (-C(CH 3 ) 2 -) or dimethylethylene (- C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -).
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 5 may be selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl (e.g. methyl) and halo (e.g. F).
  • halo e.g. F
  • R 5 may be appended to the aryl or heteroaryl ring at any position (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
  • the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R 3 groups shown above and the carbon atom of the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein).
  • R 3 is an aryl or heteroaryl group, this covalent bond (as illustrated in the various formulae described herein) may be formed at any position on the aromatic ring (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
  • a hydrogen at any position on the R 3 groups shown above may be replaced with a bond to the structure shown in formula (I).
  • a suitable R 3 group may be selected from the following:
  • a suitable R 3 group may be selected from the following:
  • a suitable R 3 group may be selected from the following:
  • the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R 3 groups shown above and the carbon atom of the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein).
  • R 4 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 4 may be selected from aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the aryl and the heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy.
  • R 4 may be an optionally substituted phenyl.
  • a suitable R 4 group may be selected from the following:
  • R 7 may be any substituent as described herein or may be absent.
  • R 7 may be selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, halo, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 6 may be C 1 to C 6 alkyl or C 1 to C 3 alkyl (e.g. methyl).
  • R 7 may be covalently bonded to the aryl or heteroaryl ring at any position (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
  • R 3 may be selected from any of those R 3 groups disclosed herein. In some cases, in the exemplary structures shown above, R 3 may be selected from the group consisting of:
  • Z is not (or does not comprise) a structure selected from one or more of the following: In some examples, Z is not (or does not comprise) the following structure: wherein R 2 ’ is selected from H and C 1 to C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 ’ is selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C 1 to C 6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; m is 3, 4 or 5; and
  • Z may be represented as shown in formula (ZV) or (V): wherein ring A 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , n and L are as defined in any one of the embodiments disclosed above.
  • the dotted line shown through the square brackets on formulae (ZV) and (V) indicates that the linker may be joined via a covalent bond to any atom on the Z moiety provided that it has the correct valency, is chemically suitable and/or provided that the attachment of the linker at this alternative position does not disrupt the function of the Z moiety in promoting and/or facilitating proteasomal degradation.
  • the TBL is linked or coupled to moiety Z via a linker L.
  • the linker may be a chemical linker (e.g. a chemical linker moiety) and, for example, may be a covalent linker, by which is meant that the linker is coupled to Z and/or TBL by a covalent bond.
  • the linker acts to tether the target protein binding ligand and Z moieties to one another whilst also allowing both of these portions to bind to their respect targets and/or perform their intended function.
  • the linker may act to tether the target protein binding ligand to Z whilst also mitigating the possibility of the Z moiety disrupting, interfering with and/or inhibiting the binding of the target protein binding ligand to the target protein.
  • the linker may act to tether Z to the target protein binding ligand whilst also mitigating the possibility of the target protein binding ligand disrupting, interfering with and/or inhibiting the cellular interactions of Z (e.g. its function in modulating, facilitating and/or promoting the proteasomal degradation of the target protein).
  • the linker may function to facilitate targeted protein degradation by allowing each end of the bifunctional molecule to be available for binding (or another type of interaction) with various components of the cellular environment.
  • the linker may be configured to allow the target protein binding ligand to bind to the target protein without interference, disruption and/or inhibition from the Z moiety of the bifunctional molecule.
  • the linker may be configured to allow the Z moiety to interact with the various components in the cellular environment to modulate, facilitate and/or promote the proteasomal degradation of the target protein without interference, disruption and/or inhibition from the target protein binding ligand of the bifunctional molecule.
  • linker may depend upon the protein being targeted for degradation (the target protein) and/or the particular target protein binding ligand.
  • the linker may be selected to provide a particular length and/or flexibility, e.g. such that the target protein binding ligand and the Z moiety are held within a particular distance and/or geometry.
  • the length and/or flexibility of the linker may be varied dependent upon the structure and/or nature of the target protein binding ligand.
  • the TBL is connected directly to moiety Z by a covalent bond i.e, the linker is a covalent bond.
  • the linker is a covalent bond.
  • Such a direct connection is also encompassed within the term “linker” within the context of the present disclosure (and unless otherwise stated).
  • the linker may comprise any number of atoms between 1 and 200, between 1 and 100, between 1 and 50, between 1 and 30 or between 1 and 10. In some cases the linker may comprise any number of atoms in a single linear chain of between 1 and 200, between 1 and 100, between 1 and 50, between 1 and 30 or between 1 and 10. In some examples of the disclosure, the linker may comprise any number of atoms in a single linear chain between 1 and 25, such as 3 and 25, or between 1 and 20, such as 3 and 20, or between
  • the degree of flexibility of the linker may depend upon the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker.
  • a rotatable bond is defined as a single non-ring bond, bound to a nonterminal heavy atom (e.g. non-hydrogen atom).
  • an amide (C-N) bond is not considered rotatable because of the high rotational energy barrier.
  • the linkers may comprise one or more moieties selected from rings, double bonds and amides to reduce the flexibility of the linker.
  • the linker may comprise a greater number and/or proportion of single bonds (e.g. may predominantly comprise single non-ring bonds) to increase the flexibility of the linker.
  • the length of the linker may affect the degree of flexibility. For example, a shorter linker comprising fewer bonds may also reduce the flexibility of a linker.
  • the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker may be any number between 1 and 20, between 1 and 15, 1 and 10 or between 1 and 8. In some examples, the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker may be any number between 2 and 9, between
  • the linker may comprise any number of atoms in a single linear chain between 10 and 20; and/or the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker may be any number between 2 and 8.
  • the structure of the linker (L) may be represented as follows:
  • each L x represents a subunit of L; and q is an integer greater than or equal to 1 .
  • q may be any integer between 1 and 30, between 1 and 20 or between 1 and 5.
  • the linker comprises only one L x subunit and may be represented as L 1 .
  • the linker comprises two L x subunits that are covalently linked to one another and which may be represented as L 1 - L 2 .
  • the linker comprises three L x subunits that are covalently linked to one another and may be represented as L 1 -L 2 -L 3 .
  • L may comprise the following subunits L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 ....up to L q .
  • R L1 , R L2 , R L3 , R L4 , R L5 , R L6 , R L7 , R L8 and R L9 may be independently selected from H, halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 , haloalkyl, -OH, -O(C 1 to C 6 alkyl), -NH2, -NH(C 1 to C 6 alkyl), - NO 2 , -CN, -CONH2, -CONH(C 1 to C 6 alkyl), -CON(C 1 to C 6 alkyl) 2 , -S(O)OC 1 to C 6 alkyl, - C(O)OC 1 to C 6 alkyl, and -CO(C 1 to C 6 alkyl).
  • each of R L1 , R L2 , R L3 , R L4 , R L5 , R L6 R L7 , R L8 and R L9 may be independently selected from H and C
  • aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl groups are defined above.
  • the terminal L x subunits may link or couple the linker moiety to the TBL and Z moieties of the bifunctional molecule.
  • L 1 may link the linker to the TBL moiety
  • L q may link the linker to the Z moiety.
  • the one L x subunit e.g. L 1
  • the TBL and Z moieties may be covalently linked to L through any group which is appropriate and stable to the chemistry of the linker.
  • the linker may be covalently bonded to the TBL moiety via a carbon-carbon bond, keto, amino, amide, ester or ether linkage.
  • the linker may be covalently bonded to the Z moiety via a carbon-carbon bond, carbon-nitrogen bond, keto, amino, amide, ester or ether linkage.
  • each terminal L x subunit e.g.
  • At least one of L x comprises a ring structure and is, for example, selected from a heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or aryl group.
  • the linker may be or comprise an alkyl linker comprising, a repeating subunit of -CH 2 -; where the number of repeats is from 1 to 50, for example, 1-50, 1-40, 1-30, 1-20, 1-19, 1-18, 1-17, 1-16, 1-15, 1-14, 1-13, 1-12, 1-11 , 1-10, 1-9. 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1- 3 and 1-2.
  • the linker may be or comprise a polyalkylene glycol.
  • the linker may be or comprise a polyethylene glycol (PEG) comprising repeating subunits of ethylene glycol (C2H4O), for example, having from about 1-50 ethylene glycol subunits, for example where the number of repeats is from 1 to 100, for example, 1-50, 1-40, 1-30, 1-20, 1-19 1-18, 1-17, 1-16, 1-15, 1-14, 1-13, 1-12 or 1-5 repeats.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • C2H4O ethylene glycol
  • the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1a):
  • C 1A is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 6 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. - O(CH 2 )-, -O(CH 2 ) 2 -, -O(CH 2 ) 5 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 -) and
  • L 3A is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, -(CH 2 )2O-, - (CH 2 )5O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -) and C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH 2 )NR L2A -, -(CH 2 )2NR L2A -, -(CH 2 )5NR L2A -, -CH 2 NR L2A CH 2 -); wherein R L2A is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g. C 1 .C 3 alkyl).
  • C 1 -C 6 alkoxy e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, -(CH 2 )2O-, - (CH 2 )5O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -
  • the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1b): wherein L 1 B is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. - O(CH 2 )-, -O(CH 2 ) 2 -, -O(CH 2 ) 5 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 -) and C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g. -NR L2A (CH 2 )-, - NR L2A (CH 2 ) 2 -, -R L2A (CH 2 ) 5 -, -CH 2 R L2A CH 2 -);
  • L 1 B is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. - O(CH 2 )-, -O(CH 2 ) 2 -,
  • L 3B is selected from C 1 -C 1 5 alkylene, -[(CH 2 ) 2 O] 1-6 (CH 2 ) 2 -;
  • L 5B is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, -(CH 2 ) 2 O-, - (CH 2 ) 5 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -) and C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH 2 )NR L2A -, -NR L2A (CH 2 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 5 NR L2A -, -CH 2 NR L2A CH 2 -); wherein R L2A is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g. C 1 .C 3 alkyl).
  • C 1 -C 6 alkoxy e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, -(CH 2 ) 2 O-, - (CH 2 ) 5 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -
  • the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1c):
  • L1c wherein L 1C is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
  • L 2C is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, - (CH 2 ) 2 O-, -(CH 2 ) 5 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -) and C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH 2 )NR L2A -, -(CH 2 ) 2 NR L2A -, - (CH 2 ) 5 NR L2A -, -CH 2 NR L2A CH 2 -);
  • C 1 -C 3 alkylene e.g. ethylene
  • C 1 -C 6 alkoxy e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, - (CH 2 ) 2 O-, -(CH 2 ) 5 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -
  • C 1 -C 6 alkylamino e.g. -
  • L 4C is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C 1 -C 6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH 2 )O-, -(CH 2 ) 2 O-, - (CH 2 ) 5 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -) and C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH 2 )NR L2A -, -(CH 2 ) 2 NR L2A -, -(CH 2 ) 5 NR L2A -, -CH 2 NR L2A CH 2 -); wherein:
  • R L2A is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g. C 1 .C 3 alkyl);
  • R L2B is NR L2A ; or an N-linked optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N- heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • L 1C and L 2C may be both absent.
  • R L2B in L 3C is an N-linked optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and L 3C is the terminal subunit of the linker attached, suitably covalently attached, to the TBL via R L2B .
  • the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1d): wherein L 1 D is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene, CO, C 1 -C 3 alkylene(N(C 1 -Cs alkyl);
  • L 2D is NR L2A or an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; wherein R L2A is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g. C 1 .C 3 alkyl); and
  • L 3D is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene, -O-, -N(C 1 -C 3 alkyl)-, and CO.
  • the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (Lie): wherein L 1 E is C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. methylene) or CO;
  • L 2E is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; and
  • L 3E is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. methylene).
  • L 1A , L 1 B , L 1C , L 1 D , or L 1 E is the terminal subunit of the linker structure attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the W moiety and L 3A , L 5B , L 4C , L 3D , L 3E , is the terminal subunit of the linker structure attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the TBL portion.
  • L 2A , L 2B or L 2D is directly attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the W moiety.
  • L 3D is absent, L 2D is directly attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the TBL portion.
  • linker portions such as L 1C , L 2D , L 2E examples of R L2B and, may be bicyclic or tricyclic, and unless otherwise stated, these moieties may comprise rings that are joined by a bond, rings that are fused, a bridged ring and/or rings that are joined at a spiro centre.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E examples of R L2B may be bicyclic, it may be a bridged bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share three or more atoms) or it may be a spirocyclic bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share one atom, e.g. the two rings may be joined at a spiro centre).
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E examples of R L2B may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N- heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one additional ring atom selected from N.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B is a spirocyclic bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be a 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be bicyclic and comprises a first 5- to 7-membered ring and a second 3- to 7-membered ring.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6-membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6- membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one additional ring heteroatoms selected from N.
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B may be any one selected from:
  • L 1A and L 3A are as defined above;
  • X 5 is C(R b ) 2 , NR b or O;
  • R b is H or optionally substituted C 1 -salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2
  • L 1C , L 2D , L 2E , and examples of R L2B is any one selected from:
  • L 1 D is absent or is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene, -O-, -N(C 1 -C 3 alkyl)-, and CO.
  • L 3D is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (e.g. methylene).
  • linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1f):
  • L 1 F (L1f) wherein L 1 F is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene, CO, and C 1 -C 3 alkylene(NR L1 c ); wherein R L1C is H or C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some examples, L 1 F is selected from C 1 -C 3 alkylene (such as methylene).
  • the linker is or comprises one or more of:
  • q1 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. between 1 and 5).
  • the linker is or comprises one or more of: 1z9
  • q2 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6 or 10).
  • the linker is or comprises
  • q1 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. between 1 and 5) and q2 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6 or 10).
  • the linker is or comprises one or more of the following structures:
  • the linker is or comprises one or more of:
  • q3 is 1 to 8, such as 1 to 5, and q4 is 1 to 12, such as 1 to 10.
  • the linker is or comprises one or more of the following structures:
  • the structures shown above represent the entire linker.
  • the linker of the bifunctional molecule may comprise a plurality of the structures shown above.
  • the bond(s) that forms the link with the TBL and/or Z moieties is (are) attached to a ring structure.
  • this bond is shown as being attached at a particular position on the ring structure.
  • the disclosure also encompasses joining or coupling to the TBL and Z moieties at any chemically suitable position on these ring structures.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the use of any of the linkers disclosed herein in combination with any of the Z moieties and TBL moieties described herein.
  • a “target protein” is: (i) an estrogen receptor; or (ii) an androgen receptor that the skilled practitioner wishes to selectively degrade in a cell or a mammal, e.g., a human or animal subject.
  • a “target protein” is: (i) an estrogen receptor; or (ii) an androgen receptor that is selected by the skilled practitioner for increased proteolysis in a cell.
  • selected target protein may be (i) an estrogen receptor; or (ii) an androgen receptor which has been selected to be targeted for protein degradation and/or increased proteolysis.
  • androgen receptor means a protein with the UniProtKB designation of P10275 (ANDR_HUMAN).
  • estrogen receptor means a protein with the UniProtKB designation of P03372 (ESR1_HUMAN).
  • the bifunctional molecules disclosed herein are suitable for use and/or intended for use in the targeted degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • degradation of the target protein may occur when the target protein is subjected to and/or contacted with a bifunctional molecule as described herein, e.g. when the target protein is subjected to and/or contacted with any one of the bifunctional molecules in a cell.
  • the control of specific protein levels afforded by the bifunctional molecules described herein may provide treatment of a disease state or condition, which is modulated through or by the target protein by lowering the level of that protein in the cells of a subject.
  • TBL Target Protein Binding Ligand
  • the target protein binding ligand moiety is a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand.
  • the target protein ligand comprised within the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure is: (i) a ligand that selectively and/or specifically binds to an estrogen receptor; or (ii) is a ligand that selectively and/or specifically binds to an androgen receptor.
  • a bifunctional molecule according to this disclosure may comprise a target protein binding ligand, which binds to the target protein with sufficient binding affinity such that the target protein (i.e. the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor) is more susceptible to degradation or proteolysis than if unbound by the bifunctional molecule.
  • the target protein i.e. the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor
  • the target protein binding ligand may bind to the androgen receptor or estrogen receptor with a binding affinity of less than or equal to about 10 pM, less than or equal to about 1 pM, less than or equal to about 0.5 pM, or less than or equal to about 0.1 pM.
  • the ligand may bind to the androgen receptor or estrogen receptor with a binding affinity of about 0.01 nM to about 10 pM, such as about 0.01 nM to about 8 pM, about 0.01 nM to about 5 pM, about 0.01 nM to about 3 pM.
  • binding affinity is a measure of the propensity of an object comprising two components bound together to separate (dissociate) into the two components.
  • the binding affinity is the measure of the propensity of the complex formed when the target protein binding ligand binds to the target protein (i.e. the androgen receptor or estrogen receptor) to dissociate into separate components, i.e. the propensity of the target protein binding ligand to dissociate from the target protein.
  • the binding between the androgen receptor or the estrogen receptor and the target protein binding ligand may comprise one or more binding interactions, such as one or more of the group consisting of hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole bonding, ion-dipole bonding, ion-induced dipole bonding, ionic bonding and covalent bonding.
  • the binding between the androgen receptor or the estrogen receptor and the target protein binding ligand may comprise a salt bridge (a combination of hydrogen and ionic bonding).
  • the observed DCso values would be less than about 1000 nM.
  • the observed DCso values would be less than about 1000 nM.
  • a target protein binding ligand may comprise or be derived from a small molecule (or analogue or fragment thereof) already known to act as a modulator, promoter and/or inhibitor of protein function (e.g. any small molecule known to bind to the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor).
  • the target protein binding ligand may comprise or be derived from a small molecule that is known to inhibit activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds known to bind to: (I) Androgen Receptor (AR); or (II) Estrogen Receptor (ER) are described below.
  • R shows or indicates a site for linker attachment.
  • present disclosure also encompasses joining or coupling to the linker at any chemically suitable position on the various ligands.
  • the AR binder of the present disclosure is of formula Via: wherein:
  • V 2 is selected from: C 1 .6 alkyl; C 1 .8 cycloalkyl; heterocycloalkyl; aryl; or heteroaryl; each optionally substituted by 1 , 2 or 3 R V2 , wherein each R V2 is independently selected from: halo, C 1 .6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; OC 1-3 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo, OH, NR Y1 R Y2 , CN, C 2-4 alkenyl C 2-4 alkynyl;
  • A is selected from:
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently selected from NR Y1 , O and S;
  • R V1 , R V2 are each independently selected from: H, C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or R V1 and R V2 taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7-membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
  • Y 3 is selected from NR Y1 , O and S;
  • each R Q is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or two R Q groups taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7- membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
  • R Y3 , R Y4 are each independently selected from: H, C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; n is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; and wherein the TBL is attached to the linker at any suitable position.
  • the TBL is attached to the linker via covalent coupling to V 2 .
  • V 1 is: wherein indicates the point of attachment to ring A;
  • R v1a is selected from: halo; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
  • X v is N, or CR v1 b , wherein R v1 b is selected from: H; halo; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
  • R v1a is selected from Cl and CF3.
  • V 2 comprises: wherein indicates the point of attachment to ring A, and L indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently selected from: N, or CR V2b , wherein R V2b is selected from: H; halo; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
  • Z 1 is N, or CH
  • Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each CH.
  • the AR binder has the Formula Vila:
  • V 2 , X v , Y 1 , Y 2 , R V1 , R V2 , R v1a and L are as defined for formula Via (and any sub-formula).
  • the AR binder has the Formula Vlla(i): wherein X v , Y 1 , Y 2 , R V1 , R V2 , R v1a , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and L are as defined for formula Via
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vlla(ii) or Vlla(iii):
  • X v , R v1a , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and L are as defined for formula Via (and any subformula).
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vlla(iv) or Vlla(v): wherein L is as defined for formula Via.
  • the AR binder is of Formula VI I b: wherein V 2 , X v , Y 3 , Y 4 , R v1a and L are as defined for formula Via; and wherein:
  • R Qa , R Qb , R Qc , R Qd are each independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or
  • R Qa and R Qb , or R Qc and R Qd taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7-membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • the AR binder is of the Formula Vllb(i): (Vllb(i)) wherein X v , Y 3 , R Qa , R Qb , R Qc , R Qd , R v1a , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and L are as defined for formula Vllb. iRel I
  • the AR binder TBL is of Formula Vllb(ii):
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vllb(iii): wherein X v , Y 3 , R Qa , R Qb , R Qc , R Qd , R v1a , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and L are as defined for formula Vllb.
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vllb(iv) or Vllb(v): wherein L is as defined for formula VI I b.
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vile: wherein X v , V 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , R Q , R v1a and L are as defined for formula VI I b; and p v is 0, 1 or 2.
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(i): wherein X v , V 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , R Q , R v1a , p and L are as defined for formula Vile.
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(ii): wherein X v , Y 3 , Y 4 , R Q , R v1a , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , p v and L are as defined for formula Vile. In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(iii):
  • the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(iv): (Vllc(iv)) wherein L is as defined for formula Vile.
  • the TBL or ER binder of the present disclosure has the structure of:
  • Y s is CH 2 or NR 4 ;
  • Z s is selected from C 6-10 aryl; a 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl; C 3-8 cycloalkyl; C 5-8 cycloalkenyl; a 5- or 6- membered heterocycloalkyl containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -(NR S5 )2-, -S(O)- and S(O) 2 ; a bicyclic ring system consisting of a five or six membered alkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring fused to an aryl ring, the heterocyclic ring containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -(NR S5 ) 2 -, -S(O)- and S(O) 2 ; wherein Z is optionally substituted with (R s2 ) n s ; each R S1 is independently selected from OH, -O-C 1-4 alkyl, -O-C 1-4 haloal
  • each R S3 is independently selected from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl;
  • R S4 is H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl; each R S5 is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cyclohaloalkyl;
  • R S6 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl; m s is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n s is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p s is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 wherein the TBL is attached to the linker at any suitable position.
  • the linker may be attached to the top aryl group.
  • the linker (L) may substitute an H on the top aryl group, i.e. the TBL has the structure: wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • the TBL is of formula Sil : wherein:
  • X, R S1 , R S2 , R S3 , R S4 , R S5 , R S6 , m s , n s and p s are as defined in Formula (SI); wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • each X s is CH.
  • the TBL is of formula SIII:
  • R S1 , R S2 , R S3 , m s , n s and p s are as defined in Formula (SI) or Formula (SIl); wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • the TBL is of Formula SI I la or Slllb:
  • the TBL is of Formula SI I la.
  • R S1 is OH.
  • n s is 0.
  • the TBL is of Formula SIV: wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • the TBL is of Formula SV:
  • Cy is selected from C 6- 10 aryl; a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl; wherein Cy is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, OR Ta , N(R Ta ) 2 , C 1 .9 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, C 6- 10 aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C(O)R Ta , C(O)NR Ta , SO 2 R Ta , and SO 2 NR Ta ;
  • R T1 is selected from H, C 1 .9 alkyl, C 1 -g haloalkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C ⁇ cyclohaloalkyl; a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, C 6- 10 aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, -(C 1-6 alkyl)-(C 3-7 cycloalkyl), -(C 1-6 alkyl)-(a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl), C(O)R Tb , C(O)NR Ta , SO 2 R Ta , and SO 2 NR Ta , wherein when R T1 is not H, R T1 is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, OR a , N(R a ) 2 , C 1 .9 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, C 6- 10
  • R Ta is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, and a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, wherein R Ta is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, OH, OC 1 .6 alkyl, and SO 2 -C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R Tb is independently selected from H, -OR Ta , C 1-6 alkyl, -(C 1-6 alkyl)-(C 3-7 cycloalkyl), C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, wherein R Tb is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, C 1-6 haloalkyl, OH, OC 1 .6 alkyl, and SO 2 -C 1-6 alkyl,
  • R T2 and R T2 ’ are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, -OR Ta , -C 1-6 alkyl-OH, -C 1-6 alkyl-OR Ta , -C 1-6 alkyl-SO 2 -C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, -N(R Ta ) 2 , -C 1-6 alkyl-NR Ta -C 1-6 alkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-NH 2 , -C 1-6 alky- NHSO 2 -CI- 6 alkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-CN, -CO 2 H, -COR Ta , -CO 2 R Ta , -CON(R Ta ) 2 , -C 1-6 alkyl-CONH 2 , - NR Ta CO-C 1 - 6 alkyl, -
  • R T3 is selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, CH 2 OH, -C 1-6 alkyl-OR Ta , -C 1-6 alkyl-SO 2 - C 1-6 alkyl, C 1 .6 haloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C ⁇ cyclohaloalkyl, 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-NR Ta -C 1-6 alkyl, -C 1-6 alky-NHSO 2 -C 1-6 alkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-CN, -CO 2 H, -CO-C 1 .6 alkyl, - CO 2 -C 1 - 6 alkyl, -CON(R Ta ) 2 , -C 1 - 6 alkyl-CONH 2 , -N(R Ta ) 2 , -NR Ta CO-C 1 - 6 alkyl, -NR Ta S(O) 2
  • R T4 is selected from H, C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl; and q T is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • the linker may be attached to the top aryl group.
  • the linker (L) may substitute an H on the top aryl group, i.e. the TBL has the structure: wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • Cy is C 6- 10 aryl; a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl.
  • R T4 is H.
  • the TBL is of Formula Til: wherein:
  • R T1 , R T2 , R T2 ’, R T3 and q T are as defined for Formula Tl; and Ring G is aryl or heteroaryl;
  • X T is CH or N
  • Y T is CR Tc or N, wherein R Tc is halogen or C 1-3 alkyl; wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • each X T is N and each Y T is CH.
  • each X T is CH and each Y T is CR Tc .
  • ring G is selected from:
  • ring G is: wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
  • R T2 is C 1-6 alkyl and R T2 ’ is H.
  • R T2 is Me and R T2 ’ is H.
  • R T6 and R T7 are each independently selected from H, Me or F, or R T6 and R T7 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl ring or an oxetanyl ring;
  • R T8 is selected from H, Me, F, CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , CN, CH 2 CN, CH 2 OMe, CH 2 OH, CO 2 H, CO 2 Me or SO 2 Me; and wherein '' indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
  • R T1 when R T1 is R T1 has a structure selected from: wherein indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
  • R T6 is Me.
  • R T7 is Me.
  • R T8 is F.
  • q T is 0.
  • the TBL is of Formula Till: wherein:
  • Ring G, X T , Y T , R T2 , R T2 ’, R T6 , R T7 and R T8 are as defined in Formula (Tl) and Formula (Til); and wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • R T2 ’ is H
  • R T2 and ring G have a trans relative stereochemistry.
  • the TBL is of Formula TIV:
  • Ring G, X T , Y T , R T6 , R T7 and R T8 are as defined in Formula (TH) or (Till); and wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
  • the TBL is of Formula TIVa or TIVb:
  • the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present disclosure includes within its scope the use of all stereoisomeric forms, or the use of a mixture of stereoisomers of the bifunctional molecules,
  • the bifunctional molecule comprises one or more chiral centres
  • the present disclosure encompasses each individual enantiomer of the bifunctional molecule as well as mixtures of enantiomers including racemic mixtures of such enantiomers.
  • the bifunctional molecule comprises two or more chiral centres
  • the present disclosure encompasses each individual diastereomer of the bifunctional molecule, as well as mixtures of the various diastereomers.
  • the various structures shown herein encompass all isomeric (e.g. enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure).
  • the present disclosure embraces the R and S configurations for each asymmetric centre, and Z and E double bond isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • all tautomeric forms of the bifunctional molecules described herein are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • references to “a bifunctional molecule” may further embrace a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the bifunctional molecule may comprise any combination of target binding protein (TBL), linker (L) and warhead (Z) (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
  • the bifunctional compound may comprise any combination of Z of formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V) (inc.
  • subgeneric formulae defined herein such as (la), (lb), (lc’), (Ic), (Id’), (Id), (le’), (le), (If), (Ila), (llaa), (lib), (lie), (lid), (lie), (Ilf), (Illa), (111 b) and IVa), L of any formula or subgeneric formula defined herein, such as any one of Formulae L1a to L1f, and TBL of any formula or subgeneric formula defined herein, for example any one of Formulae SI, SI I, SIH, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, Til, Till or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv).
  • the bifunctional compound comprises any combination of Z of formula (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein, such as (Zla), (Zlb), (Zl b’), (Zl b”) (Zl la to e), (Zllla-h) and (ZlVa-j), L, such as any one of Formulae L1a to L1f, and TBL of any formula or subgeneric formula defined herein, for example any one of Formulae SI, Sil, SIH, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TH, Till or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv).
  • i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (HI), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (ZHI), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and ii) TBL is represented by formula SI, SH, SHI, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TH, Till or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv) as defined above.
  • Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (HI), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (ZHI), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; wherein Z is not:
  • TBL is represented by formula SI, SH, SHI, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TH, Till or TIV,
  • TIVa, TIVb Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv) as defined above.
  • Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above;
  • TBL is represented by formula SI, SIl, SIII, SI I la, SI I lb, SIV or SV as defined above.
  • Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and ii) TBL is represented by formula SIV or SV as defined above.
  • Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above;
  • TBL is represented by formula Tl, TH, Till, TIV, TIVa or TIVb as defined above.
  • Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (HI), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (ZHI), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and ii) TBL is represented by formula TIVa or TIVb as defined above.
  • (iii) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and
  • TBL is represented by formula Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), VI lb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or
  • iii) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and iv) TBL is represented by formula Vlla(iv), Vlla(v), Vllb(v) or Vllc(iv) as defined above.
  • L may be represented by formula L1a, L1 b, L1c, L1d, Lie or L1f.
  • i) (i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above;
  • TBL is represented by any one of formulae Formulae SI, SIl, SIII, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TII, TIll or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv); and
  • L is represented by formula L1a, L1b, L1c, L1d, Lie or L1f as defined above.
  • the bifunctional molecule is any one of compounds 1 and 2 or any combination of TBL, L and Z represented in compounds 1 and 2 as shown in Table 1 below:
  • Table 1 showing structures of exemplary bifunctional molecules 1 and 2.
  • the disclosure also includes various deuterated forms of the compounds disclosed herein, or of any of the Formulae disclosed herein, including Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein), respectively, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or a corresponding tautomer form thereof (including subgeneric formulas, as defined above) of the present disclosure.
  • Each available hydrogen atom attached to a carbon atom may be independently replaced with a deuterium atom.
  • deuterated forms of the compounds of any of the Formulae disclosed herein including Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein), respectively, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or a corresponding tautomer form thereof (including subgeneric formulae, as defined above) of the present disclosure.
  • deuterated materials such as alkyl groups may be prepared by conventional techniques (see for example: methyl-d 3 -amine available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wl, Cat. No.489, 689-2).
  • the disclosure also includes isotopically-labelled compounds which are identical to those recited in any of the Formulae disclosed herein, including Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein), respectively, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or a corresponding tautomer form thereof (including subgeneric formulae, as defined above) of the present disclosure but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most commonly found in nature.
  • isotopes examples include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, iodine and chlorine such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 18 F, 123 l or 125 l.
  • Compounds of the present disclosure and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds that contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of the present disclosure.
  • I sotopically labelled compounds of the present disclosure for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H or 14 C have been incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e. 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • 11 C and 18 F isotopes are particularly useful in PET (positron emission tomography).
  • Degradation may be determined by measuring the amount of a target protein (i.e. the estrogen receptor or the androgen receptor) in the presence of a bifunctional molecule as described herein and/or comparing this to the amount of the target protein observed in the absence of the bifunctional molecule. For example, the amount of target protein in a cell that has been contacted and/or treated with a bifunctional molecule as described herein may be determined. This amount may be compared to the amount of target protein in a cell that has not been contacted and/or treated with the bifunctional molecule (e.g. as a control). If the amount of target protein is decreased in the cell contacted and/or treated with the bifunctional molecule, the bifunctional molecule may be considered as facilitating and/or promoting the degradation and/or proteolysis of the target protein.
  • a target protein i.e. the estrogen receptor or the androgen receptor
  • the amount of the target protein can be determined using methods known in the art, for example, by performing immunoblotting assays, Western blot analysis and/or ELISA with cells that have been contacted and/or treated with a bifunctional molecule.
  • Selective degradation and/or increased proteolysis may be considered to have occurred if at least a 10% decrease in the amount of a target protein is observed compared to the control, for example, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% following administration of the bifunctional molecule to the cell.
  • selective degradation and/or increased proteolysis may be considered to have occurred if at least a 10% decrease in the amount of a target protein is observed, (e.g. at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% decrease) within 4 hours or more (e.g. 4 hours, 8 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 30 hours, 36 hours, 42 hours, 48 hours, 54 hours, 60 hours, 66 hours and 72 hours) following administration of the bifunctional molecule to the cell.
  • the bifunctional molecule may be administered at any concentration, e.g. a concentration between 0.01 nM to 10 M , such as 0.01nM, 0.1nM, 1 nM, 10nM, 100 nM, 1 ⁇ M, and 10 .M.
  • an increase of at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or approximately 100% in the degradation of the target protein is observed following administration of the bifunctional molecule at a concentration of approximately 100 nM (e.g. following an incubation period of approximately 8 hours).
  • DCso is the concentration required to reach 50% of the maximal degradation of the target protein (i.e. the androgen receptor or the estrogen receptor).
  • the bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise a DCso of less than or equal to 10000 nM, less than or equal to 1000 nM, less than or equal to 500 nM, less than or equal to 100 nM or less than or equal to 75 nM. In some cases, the bifunctional molecules comprise a DCso less than or equal to 50 nM, less than or equal to 25 nM, or less than or equal to 10 nM.
  • D m ax represents the maximal percentage of target protein degradation.
  • the bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise a Dmax of at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or about 100%.
  • the bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise an IC50 of less than 1000nM, less than 500nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 25 nM, less than 20 nM, or less than 10 nM. In some cases, the bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise an IC50 value of less than 5 nM.
  • the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising the bifunctional molecules described herein.
  • the bifunctional molecule may be suitably formulated such that it can be introduced into the environment of the cell by a means that allows for a sufficient portion of the molecule to enter the cell to induce degradation of the target protein.
  • composition comprising a bifunctional molecule as described herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, phosphate buffer solutions and/or saline.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's or fixed oils. Preservatives and other additives may also be present, such as, for example, antimicrobials, antioxidants, chelating agents, inert gases and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions described above may alternatively or additionally include, an appropriate one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavouring agents, binders, surface active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like, and substances included for the purpose of rendering the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient.
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavouring agents, binders, surface active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like, and substances included for the purpose of rendering the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient.
  • compositions may be present in any formulation typical for the administration of a pharmaceutical compound to a subject.
  • Representative examples of typical formulations include, but are not limited to, capsules, granules, tablets, powders, lozenges, suppositories, pessaries, nasal sprays, gels, creams, ointments, sterile aqueous preparations, sterile solutions, aerosols, implants etc.
  • a pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, transdermal, topical, transmucosal, vaginal and rectal administration.
  • compositions may include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular and intravenous), topical (including dermal, buccal and sublingual), rectal, nasal and pulmonary administration e.g., by inhalation.
  • the composition may, where appropriate, be conveniently presented in discrete dosage units and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Methods typically include the step of bringing into association an active compound with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • compositions suitable for oral administration wherein the carrier is a solid are most preferably presented as unit dose formulations such as boluses, capsules or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of active compound.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine an active compound in a free- flowing form such as a powder or granules optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating agent, surface-active agent or dispersing agent.
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding an active compound with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets may be optionally coated and, if uncoated, may optionally be scored.
  • Capsules may be prepared by filling an active compound, either alone or in admixture with one or more accessory ingredients, into the capsule shells and then sealing them in the usual manner.
  • Cachets are analogous to capsules wherein an active compound together with any accessory ingredient(s) is sealed in a rice paper envelope.
  • the bifunctional molecules may also be formulated as dispersible granules, which may for example be suspended in water before administration, or sprinkled on food. The granules may be packaged, e.g., in a sachet.
  • Compositions suitable for oral administration wherein the carrier is a liquid may be presented as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion.
  • Compositions for oral administration include controlled release dosage forms, e.g., tablets wherein an active compound is formulated in an appropriate release-controlling matrix, or is coated with a suitable release-controlling film.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration include sterile solutions or suspensions of an active compound in aqueous or oleaginous vehicles.
  • injectable preparations may be adapted for bolus injection or continuous infusion. Such preparations are conveniently presented in unit dose or multi-dose containers, which are sealed after introduction of the formulation until required for use.
  • the bifunctional molecule may be in powder form, which is constituted with a suitable vehicle, such as sterile, pyrogen- free water, before use.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may also be formulated as long-acting depot preparations, which may be administered by intramuscular injection or by implantation, e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
  • Depot preparations may include, for example, suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials, or ion-exchange resins.
  • compositions suitable for topical formulation may be provided for example as gels, creams or ointments.
  • bifunctional molecules described herein may be present in the pharmaceutical compositions as a pharmaceutically and/or physiologically acceptable salt, solvate or derivative.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts, which are generally considered suitable for use in medicine (including in a veterinary context).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be those which can be contacted with the tissues of a mammalian subject (e.g. humans) without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response or the like.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Representative examples of pharmaceutically and/or physiologically acceptable salts of the bifunctional molecules of the disclosure may include, but are not limited to, acid addition salts formed with organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, lactic, tartaric, maleic, citric, pyruvic, oxalic, malonic, fumaric, oxaloacetic, isethionic, lactobionic and succinic acids; organic sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and p-toluenesulfonic acids and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, perchloric, phosphoric and sulfamic acids.
  • organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, lactic, tartaric, maleic, citric, pyruvic, oxalic, malonic, fumaric, oxaloacetic, isethionic, lactobionic and succinic acids
  • salts include (but are not limited to) adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2- hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, thi
  • salts that may be derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1 -4alkyl)4 salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • compositions of the present invention are derivatives, which may be converted in the body into the parent compound. Such pharmaceutically and/or physiologically functional derivatives may also be referred to as "prodrugs" or “bioprecursors”. Pharmaceutically and/or physiologically functional derivatives of compounds of the present disclosure may include hydrolysable esters or amides, particularly esters, in vivo.
  • solvate is used herein to refer to a complex of solute, such as a compound or salt of the compound, and a solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be termed a hydrate, for example a mono-hydrate, di-hydrate, tri-hydrate etc, depending on the number of water molecules present per molecule of substrate.
  • the moiety Z may form part of a bifunctional molecule intended for use in a method of targeted protein degradation, wherein the moiety Z acts to modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteasomal degradation of the target protein, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • moiety Z or a compound comprising moiety Z as described herein (e.g. as defined in any one of Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V)) in a method of targeted protein degradation of either the estrogen receptor or the androgen receptor (e.g. an in vitro or in vivo method of targeted protein degradation).
  • moiety Z may find particular application as a promoter or facilitator of targeted protein degradation of either the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • moiety Z or a compound comprising moiety Z e.g. as defined in any one of Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V)) in the manufacture of a bifunctional molecule suitable for targeted protein degradation.
  • the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteasomal degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule of the present disclosure.
  • the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may find application in medicine and/or therapy. Specifically, the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may find use in the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition, which is modulated through the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may be useful in the treatment of any disease, which is modulated through the target protein by lowering the level of that protein in the cell, e.g. cell of a subject. Reduction of target protein levels in a cell following administration of a degrader of the present invention wherein activity of the selected protein is implicated in a disease state or a disorder, then it is to be understood that the degrader is useful in the treatment of that disease.
  • bifunctional molecules as described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition, which is modulated through the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • a moiety Z e.g. as defined in any one of Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition, which is modulated through the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • Diseases and/or conditions that may be treated and/or prevented by the molecules of the disclosure include any disease, which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
  • Such diseases and conditions include those whose pathology is related at least in part to an abnormal (e.g. elevated) level of the protein and/or the overexpression of the protein.
  • the bifunctional molecules may find use in the treatment and/or prevention of diseases where an elevated level of the target protein is observed in a subject suffering from the disease.
  • the diseases and/or conditions may be those whose pathology is related at least in part to inappropriate protein expression (e.g., expression at the wrong time and/or in the wrong cell), excessive protein expression or expression of a mutant protein.
  • a mutant protein disease is caused when a mutant protein interferes with the normal biological activity of a cell, tissue, or organ.
  • a method of treating and/or preventing a disease or condition, which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional compound as described herein.
  • diseases and/or conditions that may be treated and/or prevented by the use of the described bifunctional compounds for the targeted degradation of the estrogen receptor include (but are not limited to) bone disorders, e.g., osteoporosis (including glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis), osteopenia, Paget's disease and peridontal disease; cardiovascular diseases (including fibroproliferative conditions); hypercholesterolemia; hypertriglyceridemia; vasomotor disorders (e.g., hot flashes); urogenital disorders (e.g., urinary incontinence); prostatic hypertrophy; endometrial hyperplasia; cancer, including prostate cancer, uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, and endometrial cancer; multiple CNS disorders, such as neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., improvement of cognitive function and the treatment of dementia, including Alzheimer's disease and short-term memory loss).
  • bone disorders e.g., osteoporosis (including glucocorticoid-induced osteo
  • Representative examples of the diseases and/or conditions that may be treated and/or prevented by the use of the described bifunctional compounds for the targeted degradation of the androgen receptor include (but are not limited to) benign prostate hyperplasia, hirsutism, acne, hyperpilosity, seborrhea, endometriosis, polycystic ovary syndrome, androgenic alopecia, adenomas and neoplasies of the prostate, benign or malignant tumor cells containing the androgen receptor, hypogonadism, osteoporosis, suppression of spermatogenesis, libido, cachexia, anorexia, androgen supplementation for age related decreased testosterone levels in men, prostate cancer, breast cancer, endometrial cancer, uterine cancer, hot flashes, and Kennedy's disease.
  • the term “patient” or “subject” is used to describe an animal, such as a mammal (e.g. a human or a domesticated animal), to whom treatment, including prophylactic treatment, with the compositions according to the present disclosure is provided.
  • a mammal e.g. a human or a domesticated animal
  • the term patient refers to that specific animal, including a domesticated animal such as a dog or cat or a farm animal such as a horse, cow, sheep, etc.
  • the term patient refers to a human patient unless otherwise stated or implied from the context of the use of the term.
  • the disclosure also encompasses a method of screening bifunctional molecules to identify suitable target protein binding ligands and linkers for use in the bifunctional molecules described herein, e.g. a bifunctional molecule that is able to effectively modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteolysis of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
  • This method may assist in identifying suitable linkers for a particular target protein binding partner such that the level of degradation is further optimised.
  • the method may comprise: a. providing a bifunctional molecule comprising:
  • a second ligand that binds to a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor (a target protein binding ligand);
  • This method may further comprise the steps of: d. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; and e. comparing the level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule to the level of degradation of the target protein in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; wherein an increased level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein.
  • a step of detecting degradation of the target protein may comprise detecting changes in levels of a target protein in a cell. For example, a reduction in the level of the target protein indicates degradation of the target protein. An increased reduction in the level of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule (compared to any reduction in the levels of target protein observed in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule) indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein.
  • the method may further comprise providing a plurality of linkers, each one being used to covalently attach the first and second ligands together to form a plurality of bifunctional molecules.
  • the level of degradation provided by each one of the plurality of bifunctional molecules may be detected and compared. Those bifunctional molecules showing higher levels of target protein degradation indicate preferred and/or optimal linkers for use with the selected target protein binding partner.
  • the method may be carried out in vivo or in vitro.
  • the disclosure also provides a library of bifunctional molecules, the library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules, the plurality of bifunctional molecules comprising a plurality of Z moieties covalently linked to a selected target protein binding partner.
  • the target protein binding partner may be pre-selected and the Z moiety may not be determined in advance.
  • the library may be used to determine the activity of a candidate Z moiety of a bifunctional molecule in modulating, promoting and/or facilitating selective protein degradation of a target protein.
  • the disclosure also includes a library of bifunctional molecules, the library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules, the plurality of bifunctional molecules comprising a plurality of target protein binding ligands and a selected Z moiety.
  • the Z moiety of the bifunctional molecule may be pre-selected and the target protein may not be determined in advance.
  • the library may be used to determine the activity of a putative target protein binding ligand and its value as a binder of a target protein to facilitate target protein degradation.
  • the method of making the bifunctional molecule may comprise the steps of:
  • estrogen receptor binding ligand (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand (e.g. a target protein binding ligand as defined herein); and
  • the method of making the bifunctional molecule may comprise the steps of:
  • a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand (as defined herein);
  • aryl refers to a mono- or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon system having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, in some cases having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • suitable "aryl” groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and anthracenyl.
  • substituted aryl refers to an aryl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the aromatic ring. When an aryl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • heteroaryl may be a single or fused ring system having one or more aromatic rings containing 1 or more, in some cases 1 to 3, in some cases 1 to 2, in some cases a single O, N and/or S heteroatom (s).
  • heteroaryl may refer to a mono- or polycyclic heteroaromatic system having 5 to 10 ring atoms.
  • heteroaryl groups may include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl etc.
  • substituted heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the heteroaromatic ring.
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group.
  • the chain may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the chain may contain one or more double or triple bonds.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkyl refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a “C 1 -C 3 alkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Representative examples are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n- pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, neohexyl, etc.
  • any hydrogen atom(s), CHs,CH 2 or CH group(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • a “cycloalkyl” is a ring containing 3 to 10 carbon atoms, in some cases 3 to 8, or in some cases 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the ring may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the ring may contain one or more double or triple bonds.
  • a C 3 -C7 cycloalkyl is a cycloalkyl containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms in the ring.
  • a C 3 -C6 cycloalkyl is a cycloalkyl containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms in the ring.
  • cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctynl etc.
  • substituted cycloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the cycloalkyl ring. When a cycloalkyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • alkenyl defines monovalent groups derived from alkenes by removal of a hydrogen atom from any carbon atom, wherein the term “alkene” is intended to define acyclic branched or unbranched hydrocarbons having the general formula CnH2n, wherein n is an integer >2.
  • alkenyl groups include ethenyl, n-propylenyl, iso-propylenyl, n-butylenyl, secbutylenyl, iso-butylenyl and tert-butylenyl.
  • any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • the alkenyl comprises a divalent hydrocarbon radical, this moiety may sometimes be referred to herein as an alkenylene.
  • alkynyl defines monovalent groups derived from alkynes by removal of a hydrogen atom from any carbon atom, wherein the term “alkyne” is intended to define acyclic branched or unbranched hydrocarbons having the general formula CnH2n-2, wherein n is an integer >2.
  • alkynyl groups include ethynyl, n-propylynyl, iso-propylynyl, n-butylynyl, secbutylynyl, iso-butylynyl and tert- butylynyl.
  • any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • the alkynyl comprises a divalent hydrocarbon radical, this moiety may sometimes be referred to herein as an alkynylene.
  • Benzyl as used herein refers to a -CH 2 Ph group.
  • a “substituted benzyl” refers to a benzyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the aromatic ring.
  • any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic ring having in one or more rings of the ring system at least one heteroatom selected from O, N and S (e.g. from one to five ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S).
  • the one or more rings may also contain one or more double bonds provided that the one or more rings are not fully aromaticized.
  • the one or more rings of the heterocycloalkyl may comprise 3 to 10 atoms, in some cases 3 to 8 atoms.
  • the one or more rings may be aliphatic.
  • the one or more rings may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the one or more rings may contain one or more double or triple bonds.
  • any N heteroatom present in the heterocycloalkyl group may be C 1 to C 6 alkyl-substituted.
  • the heterocycloalkyl is a monocyclic or bicyclic ring, such as a monocyclic ring.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, N-alkylpiperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxanyl, oxazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, diazaspiroundecane, diazaspiroheptane, azaspiroheptane, diazaspirodecane, octahydropyrrolopyrrole, etc.
  • substituted heterocycloalkyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the heterocyclo
  • -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl) refers to a methylene moiety that comprises an aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl substituent and is the attachment point for the linker L.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a monovalent radical derived from a heterocycle.
  • a heterocycle is a cyclic compound (a compound comprising one or more rings of connected atoms) having as ring members atoms of at least two different elements (such as carbon and nitrogen).
  • a “carbocyclic ring” is a ring containing 3 to 10 carbon atoms, in some cases 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or in some cases 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the ring may be aliphatic.
  • references to “carbocyclyl” and “substituted carbocyclyl” groups may refer to aliphatic carbocyclyl groups and aliphatic substituted carbocyclyl groups.
  • the ring may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the ring may contain one or more double or triple bonds.
  • carbocyclyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctynl etc.
  • substituted carbocyclyl refers to a carbocyclyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the carbocyclic ring. When a carbocyclyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
  • a “heterocyclic ring” may comprise at least 1 heteroatom selected from O, N and S.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, each ring comprising 3 to 10 atoms, in some cases 3 to 8 atoms.
  • the one or more rings may be aliphatic.
  • references to “heterocyclyl” and “substituted heterocyclyl” groups may refer to aliphatic heterocyclyl groups and aliphatic substituted heterocyclyl groups.
  • the one or more rings may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the one or more rings may contain one or more double or triple bonds.
  • any N heteroatom present in the heterocyclic group may be C 1 to C 6 alkyl-substituted.
  • the heterocyclyl is a monocyclic or bicyclic ring, such as a monocyclic ring.
  • the heterocyclyl may be a bicyclic ring, which may, in some cases be a fused ring.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, N-alkylpiperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxanyl, oxazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, diazaspiroundecane, diazaspiroheptane, azaspiroheptane, diazaspirodecane, octahydropyrrolopyrrole, pyrrolizidinyl, etc.
  • substituted heterocyclyl refers to a heterocyclyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the hetero
  • unsaturated As used herein, where a group comprising carbon atoms is defined as “saturated”, only single bonds bind the carbon atoms to one another. Where a group comprising carbon atoms is defined as “unsaturated”, at least two of the carbon atoms are connected by a double or triple bond. For the avoidance of doubt, unsaturated compounds may comprise any number of double and/or triple bonds.
  • Cycloalkene is used herein to refer to an unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon having one endocyclic double bond.
  • spiro is used to refer to moieties comprising two or more ring systems, wherein at least two of the ring systems are connected by just one atom (typically a quaternary carbon atom).
  • “Monocyclic” is used herein to refer to moieties comprising one ring of atoms.
  • Bicyclic is used herein to refer to moietes that feature two joined rings of atoms.
  • Te ricyclic is used herein to refer to moieties that feature three joined rings of atoms.
  • Polycyclic is used herein to refer to moieties that comprise two or more joined rings.
  • bicyclic and polycyclic systems may comprise a fused ring system (in which at least two rings share a common bond).
  • the two or more rings may be joined by a bond between atoms on each of the two or more rings.
  • the bicyclic system may comprise a spiro centre (as defined above).
  • bridged is used herein to refer to a cyclic compound, or ring, comprising two bridgehead atoms (typically two carbon atoms of the cyclic compound or ring) that are connected by one or more atoms lying outside of the ring (such as one to three atoms lying outside of the ring).
  • Bridged rings comprise two rings sharing three or more atoms.
  • the bridgehead atoms are separated within the ring by at least one carbon atom.
  • a ring may be bridged by between 1 and 3 bridging atoms which lie outside of the ring to form a bridging group (optionally wherein the bridging atoms are selected from C, N, O and S).
  • a “C 1-3 bridge” is a bridging group comprising between 1 and 3 carbon bridging atoms.
  • the bridging group may compirise one to three atoms lying outside of the ring, of which one, two or three of those atoms are carbon.
  • the bridging group may additionally comprise non-carbon atoms (such as a heteroatom selected from N, O and S).
  • a “C 1-3 bridge” may refer to a bridging group comprising between 1 and 3 atoms of which one, two or three are carbon and the remainder (if any) are selected from N, O and S.
  • the bridging group may be a C 1 to C 3 alkylene (such as methylene, ethylene or propylene).
  • the C 1 to C 3 alkylene bridging group may be optionally substituted with any suitable substituent as described herein.
  • C 1 to C 3 alkylene bridging group may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1 to C 3 alkyl, C 1 to C 3 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 3 alkoxy.
  • fused is used to refer to moieties comprising two or more ring systems, wherein at least two of the ring systems are connected by a [1 ,2] ring junction, i.e. a moiety comprising two or more ring systems wherein two, or more, of the rings present share a bond in each respective ring structure.
  • aliphatic refers to acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated compounds, excluding aromatic compounds, where “aromatic” defines a cyclically conjugated molecular entity with a stability (due to delocalisation) significantly greater than that of a hypothetical localised structure.
  • the Huckel rule is often used in the art to assess aromatic character; monocyclic planar (or almost planar) systems of trigonally (or sometimes digonally) hybridised atoms that contain (4n+2) TT-electrons (where n is a non-negative integer) will exhibit aromatic character.
  • hydrocarbyl refers to a monovalent radical derived from a hydrocarbon by the removal of a hydrogen atom from the hydrocarbon.
  • a hydrocarbon is any molecule comprising only the elements carbon and hydrogen. Hydrocarbons may be aliphatic, aromatic, unsaturated or saturated.
  • an alkoxy refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy group, -O-.
  • a C 1-4 alkoxy refers to a C 1-4 alkyl group (as defined above), appended to the parent molecular moiety through a oxy group, -O- .
  • Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy etc.
  • alkoxyalkyl may refer to a moiety derived from an alkyl moiety in which a hydrogen atom at any position of the alkyl is substituted with an alkoxy moiety.
  • alkoxyalkyl groups include methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxymethyl and the like.
  • alkylcarbonyl refers to carbonyl having alkyl mentioned above.
  • alkylcarbonyl include C 1 - ealkylcarbonyl (-C(O)C 1-6 alkyl), such as methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n-propylcarbonyl, isopropylcarbonyl, n-butylcarbonyl, isobutylcarbonyl, tertbutylcarbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, isopentylcarbonyl, and hexylcarbonyl, with methylcarbonyl being preferable.
  • alkylamino is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an amino (NH2) moiety in which one or both hydrogen atom(s) of the amino is/are substituted with one or two alkyl moieties.
  • alkylamino groups include dimethylamino, diethylamino and the like.
  • alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl refers to aminoalkyl having alkylcarbonyl mentioned above.
  • alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl include C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl, such as methylcarbonylaminomethyl and ethylcarbonylaminomethyl.
  • alkylaminocarbonyl refers to carbonyl having at least one alkylamino group.
  • alkylaminocarbonyl include C 1-6 alkylamino-C 1-6 alkyl, such as methylaminocarbonyl, and ethylaminocarbonyl.
  • alkylaminoalkyl refers to alkyl mentioned above having at least one alkylamino group mentioned above.
  • alkylaminoalkyl include C 1-6 alkylamino-C 1 .
  • ealkyl such as methylaminomethyl, methylaminoethyl, ethylaminomethyl, and ethylaminopropyl.
  • alkoxyalkylene is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an alkylene moiety in which a hydrogen atom at any position of the alkylene is substituted with an alkoxy moiety.
  • alkoxyalkylene groups include methoxyethylene, methoxymethylene and the like.
  • haloalkylene is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an alkylene moiety in which one or more hydrogen atom(s) at any position(s) of the alkylene is/are substituted with one or more halo moieties.
  • haloalkylene groups include fluoroethylene, difluoromethoxymethylene, dichloroethylene and the like.
  • hydroxyalkylene is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an alkylene moiety in which a hydrogen atom at any position of the alkylene is substituted a hydroxy moiety.
  • hydroxyalkylene groups include hydroxyethylene, hydroxymethylene and the like.
  • cycloalkoxy is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from a linear alkoxy moiety in which a bond forms between the oxygen atom of the OH moiety and the carbon atom at the end of the alkyl chain (by abstraction of the hydrogen atom of the OH moiety and a hydrogen atom at the end of the alkyl chain).
  • Examples of cycloalkoxy groups include oxacyclohexanyl, oxacyclopentanyl and the like.
  • carbocyclylamino is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an linear monohydrocarbylamino moiety in which a bond forms between the nitrogen atom of the NH moiety and the carbon atom at the end of the hydrocarbyl chain (by abstraction of the hydrogen atom of the NH moiety and a hydrogen atom at the end of the hydrocarbyl chain).
  • Examples of carbocyclylamino groups include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl and the like.
  • substituted means that the moiety comprises one or more substituents.
  • optionally substituted means that the moiety may comprise one or more substituents.
  • a “substituent” may include, but is not limited to, hydroxy, thiol, carboxyl, cyano (CN), nitro (NO2), halo, haloalkyl (e.g. a C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl or a C 1 to C4 haloalkyl), an alkyl group (e.g. C 1 to C 1 0 or C 1 to C 6 ), an alkenyl group (e.g.
  • alkynyl group e.g. C2 to C 6
  • aryl e.g. phenyl and substituted phenyl for example benzyl or benzoyl
  • morpholino N- C 1-6 alkylenylmorpholine
  • alkoxy group e.g. C 1 to C 6 alkoxy or C 1 to C4 alkoxy
  • haloalkoxy e.g. C 1 to C4 haloalkoxy
  • aryloxy e.g. phenoxy and substituted phenoxy
  • hydroxyalkynyl e.g. C2 to C 6
  • thioether e.g.
  • C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl thioether examples include alkylthio (e.g. C 1 to C 6 alkylthio), cyanoalkyl (e.g. C 1 to C 6 ), oxo, keto (e.g. C 1 to C 6 keto), ester (e.g. C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl ester, which may be present as an oxyester or carbonylester on the substituted moiety), thioester (e.g.
  • C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl thioester alkylene ester (such that attachment is on the alkylene group, rather than at the ester function which is optionally substituted with a C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl group), amine (including monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, a five- or six-membered cyclic alkylene amine optionally substituted with one or more halo, further including a C 1 to C 6 alkyl amine or a C 1 to C 6 dialkyl amine which alkyl groups may be substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups, and also including alkylphenylamino or alkylphenyl(alkyl)amino groups), amido (including -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(alkyl) such as -C(O)NH(C 1 -4alkyl), -C(O)N(alkyl)2 such as -C(O)N(C 1 .
  • -NHC(O)alkyl such as -NHC(O)C 1 - 4 alkyl, -NHC(O)(phenyl), - N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl) such as -N(C 1 -4alkyl)C(O)(C 1 -4alkyl), -N(alkyl)C(O)(phenyl) such as -N(C 1 . 4alkyl)C(O)(phenyl), N-C 1-6 alkylenylamino, amido (e.g.
  • C 1 to C 6 alkyl groups including a carboxamide which is optionally substituted with one or two C 1 to C 6 alkyl groups
  • aminoalkyl e.g. C 1 to C4 aminoalkyl
  • alkanol e.g. C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C4 alkyl or aryl alkanol
  • carboxylic acid e.g.
  • C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl carboxylic acid sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfinimide, sulfonamide, and urethane (such as -O-C(O)-NR2 or-N(R)- C(O)-O-R, wherein each R in this context is independently selected from C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl), a heteroaryl, arylalkyl (such as an arylC 1 -4alkyl) , heteroarylalkyl (such as a heteroarylC 1-4 alkyl), -OC 1 -4alkylphenyl, -C(O)alkyl such as -C(O)(C 1 -4alkyl), -C(O)alkylphenyl such as C(O)(C 1 .
  • a “substituent” may include, but is not limited to, halo, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 haloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkoxy.
  • halo group may be F, Cl, Br, or I. In some examples, halo may be F.
  • haloalkyl may be an alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom
  • a C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl may be a C 1 to C 6 alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom.
  • a C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl may be a fluoroalkyl, such as trifluoromethyl (-CF3) or 1 ,1 -difluoroethyl (-CH 2 CHF2).
  • a cyclohaloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom.
  • a “C 3 to C7 cyclohaloalkyl” refers to a C 3 to C7 cycloalkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom.
  • C 1-4 haloalkoxy refers to a C 1-4 alkoxy as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom.
  • aryl As used herein, the terms “aryl”, “substituted aryl”, “heteroaryl”, “substituted heteroaryl”, “cycloalkyl”, “C 1 to C 6 alkyl”, “heterocycloalkyl”, and “substituted heterocycloalkyl” may refer to either a monovalent radical species or a divalent radical species.
  • R 1 is typically a monovalent group that is attached to the heterocyclic core of Z and so the terms aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C 1 to C 6 alkyl should be understood to represent a monovalent radical moiety.
  • R 2 for Z is typically a divalent group that is covalently attached to both the heterocyclic core of Z and also the linker.
  • the terms aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl should be understood to represent divalent radical moiety.
  • DIPEA N, N-Diisopropylethylamine, or Hunig's base
  • HATU 1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate
  • Flash column chromatography was performed using a Teledyne Isco Combiflash Rf or Rf200i. Prepacked columns RediSep Rf Normal Phase Disposable Columns were used.
  • NMR data was acquired in Bruker Avance Neo nano bay 400 MHz NMR Spectrometer. Chemical Shifts are reported in ppm relative to dimethyl Sulfoxide ( ⁇ 2.50), methanol ( ⁇ 3.31), chloroform ( ⁇ 7.26) or other solvent as indicated in NMR spectral data. A small amount (1-5 mg) of sample is dissolved in an appropriate deuterated solvent (0.6ml).
  • Preparative HPLC was performed on a Gilson Preparative HPLC System with a Waters X- Bridge C 1 8 column (100 mm x 19 mm; 5 pm particle size) and a gradient of 5 % to 95 % acetonitrile in water over 10 min, flow 25 mL/min, with 0.1 % formic acid in the aqueous phase.
  • Method-A Column: X-Select CSH C 1 8(3.0*50mm,2.5um), Mobile Phase A:0.05% FA in H2O Mobile Phase B :0.05%FA in ACN, Gradient %B: 0/2,0.3/2,2.0/98,2.8/98,3.0/2,3.7/2 Flow Rate:1.0ml/min
  • Method-B Column: Bakerbond Q2100 C 1 8 1.8um; 2.1x50mm Mobile Phase A :0.05% FA in Water Mobile Phase B : 0.05% FA in ACN Flow Rate:0.6 ml Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/5,0.2/5,2.3/98,3.3/98,3.8/5,4.5/5
  • Method-C Column: X Select CSH C 1 8 2.5um; 3.0x50mm Mobile Phase A :2.5 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate Water + 5 %ACN Mobile Phase B : ACN Flow Rate: 1.2 ml Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/0,1.5/100,2.4/100,2.6/0,3/0
  • Method-D Column: X-Bridge BEH C 1 8(3.0*50mm,2.5um), Mobile Phase A:0.05% FA in H2O:CAN (95:5), Mobile Phase B :0.05%FA in ACN, Gradient %B: 0/2,0.2/2,2.2/98,3/98,3.2/2,4/2 Flow Rate:1 ,2ml/min
  • Linker-Boc-amine 1A (1 equiv.) in DCM was added HCI (4M in dioxane) (10.0 equiv.) slowly at 0 °C.
  • HCI 4M in dioxane
  • the reaction was allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to get a crude solid, which was washed with MTBE and dried under vacuum, to afford Linker-amine.HCI 2A.
  • TBL-L-alklyl chloride 3A (1 equiv.) in DMF at 0 °C were sequentially added Amino-Boc-amine (3 equiv.) and Potassium Carbonate (3 equiv.) and heated to 80 °C for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with LiCI (5% aqueous solution), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography yielded TBL-L-Boc amine 4A.
  • TBL-L-Acid 1.1 equiv.
  • DMF dimethyl sulfoxide
  • HATLI 2.3 equiv.
  • Resulting solution was stirred for 10 min before the addition of TBL-L-amine (1 equiv.) in DMF and stirred for overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted by cold water and extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated to afford TBL-L-Boc amine 5A.
  • bifunctional degraders comprising a piperidine- amino acid derivativebased moiety as Z are illustrated below. Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods that may be used to provide these compounds are shown below.
  • 5-bromonicotinic acid is treated with the desired boronate or boronic acid X under Suzuki conditions ((PdCl2(dppf).DCM, K2CO3, in dioxane/water at 100 °C) in order to obtain the 5 substituted nicotinic acids, unless commercially available.
  • Hydrogenation under (H2, tC>2 in HCI or HOAc) affords the substituted nipecotic acids.
  • Acylation using 1 cyanoacetyl-3,5- dimethylpyrazole and DI PEA in dioxane or DMF affords the precursors for the Knoevenagel reaction, which can be carried on using aldehydes Y in ethanol at r.t. (or THF at 40 to 70 °C) using piperidine as catalyst.
  • reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed and washed with EtOAc and water. The filtrate was concentrated completely and added ice cold water was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1.5 N HCI at 0 °C and stirred for 30 min until precipitation was observed.
  • Example 10a 5-phenylpiperidine-3-carboxylic acid (see, for example, scheme 5)
  • N.B. 3-piperidine carboxylic acid is commercially available and, for example, can be obtained from Sigma-Aldrich.
  • Compounds 10a to 10k and 3-piperidine carboxylic acid are then reacted with DI PEA and 1- cyanoacetyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole (as illustrated in step iii, scheme 5).
  • Piperidine-acrylamide acids and amine-linker functionalised target protein binding ligand are dissolved in DMF and treated with HATU and DI PEA at room temperature to afford the bifunctional compounds.
  • Example compounds that are made in accordance with the method illustrated in scheme 6 are shown below.
  • Piperidine-pyrrolidine-based warheads Further examples of bifunctional degraders comprising a piperidine-pyrrolidine-based moiety as Z are illustrated below.
  • Cyanoacrylamide acids and amine-linker functionalised target protein binding ligand are dissolved in DMF and treated with HATLI and DI PEA at room temperature to afford the bifunctional compounds.
  • Example compounds that are made in accordance with the method illustrated in scheme 8 are shown below.
  • Acrylate esters are treated with /V-benzyl-1-methoxy-/V-((trimethylsilyl)methyl)methanamine and TFA in toluene to afford the trans-3,4-disubstituted /V-benzyl-pyrrolidines.
  • Cleavage of the benzyl group H2, Pd(OH)2/C in ethanol or methanol
  • Hydrolysis of the ester group (LiOH in THF/H2O) affords the free amino acids.
  • Example 11a Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (see step i, scheme 9)
  • ethyl (E)-but-2-enoate (1.154 g, 10.11 mmol) in toluene (20 ml)
  • N-benzyl-1-methoxy-N-((trimethylsilyl)methyl)methanamine (3.00 g, 12.64 mmol) at 0 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min and then a 1 M solution of TFA in DCM (0.097 ml, 1.264 mmol) was added slowly at 0 °C under inert atmosphere.
  • Example 12a Ethyl -4-methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (see step ii, scheme 9)
  • Cyanoacrylamide acids and amine-linker functionalised target protein binding ligand are dissolved in DMF and treated with HATU and DI PEA at room temperature to afford the bifunctional compounds.
  • Example compounds that are made in accordance with the method illustrated in scheme 10 are shown below.
  • reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SCU, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound.
  • the crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-3 (2.0 g, 50%) as a brown solid.
  • reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound.
  • the crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-5 (4.5 g, 75%) as a brown solid.
  • reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound.
  • the crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 15% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-9 (0.15 g, 40%) as a brown solid.
  • SM-1 tert-butyl 4-fluorobenzoate
  • DMSO DMSO
  • K 2 CO 3 4.23 g, 30.58 mmol
  • SM-2 ethyl piperidine-4-carboxylate
  • the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 16 h.
  • the reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water (50 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 ml) and washed with brine solution.
  • the bifunctional compounds were assayed to investigate their ability to degrade target proteins in accordance with the following general procedures.
  • MCF-7 cells were seeded at 5000 cells/well (45 pL) in sterile 384 well Phenoplates (Perkin Elmer 6057302) and incubated overnight at 37°C with 5% CO2. The next day, compounds were prepared at 1000x final concentration in DMSO and diluted 1 :100 in media (Phenol red- free DMEM PAN Biotech P04-03591 + 10% Charcoal stripped FBS Life Technologies 12676- 029). 5 pL compound was added to each well of the cell plate and incubated for 24 h at 37°C with 5% CO2.
  • Cells were fixed by adding 15 pL 16% paraformaldehyde (Thermo 28908) to every well and incubated at RT for 30 min. Well contents were aspirated using plate washer and 50 pL PBS containing 0.5% BSA and 0.5% Triton X-100 (antibody dilution buffer) was added to each well. Plate was incubated at RT for 30 min. Well contents were aspirated, and plate washed 3 times with 70 pL PBS. Immunofluorescence staining of ER was carried out using anti-ESR1 mAb (F10) (Santa Cruz sc-8002).
  • F10 Anti-ESR1 mAb
  • Antibody was diluted 1 :1000 in antibody dilution buffer and 25 pL added to every well, plate was then incubated overnight at 4°C. The next day, plate was washed 3 times with 70 pL PBS and secondary antibody solution was prepared by diluting Alexafluor 488 conjugate anti-mouse IgG (Life Technologies A2102) and 1 mg/mL Hoechst 33342 (Abeam ab228551) 1 :1000 in antibody dilution buffer. 25 pL was added to every well and plate incubated for 2 h in the dark at RT. Plate was washed 3 times with 70 pL PBS and the final PBS dispensed was left in the plate.
  • Quantitative fluorescence imaging was carried out on the Operetta (Perkin Elmer) using the Hoechst channel to define the nuclei and the Alexafluor 488 channel to measure ER signal.
  • ER intensity per nuclei was calculated on the Harmony software and data was imported into Dotmatics software for analysis.
  • DMSO and 1 pM Fulvestrant were used to define 0% ER degradation and 100% ER degradation respectively.
  • Table 2 data showing ER degradation efficiency of an exemplary compound:
  • VCaP cells were seeded at 50000 cells into 96 well microplates in a final volume of 150ml (Corning CellBind #3300) and incubated. Compounds were prepared at 1000x final concentration in DMSO and diluted 1 :100 in media (DM EM, 8% FBS, 1% Pen/Strep - Life Technologies). 20ml of diluted compound was transferred to the cell plate with DMSO (final concentration 0.10%) and Staurosporin (10mM) controls added manually and the plate incubated for 24 h at 37°C with 5% CO 2 .
  • DMSO final concentration 0.10%
  • Staurosporin (10mM) controls added manually and the plate incubated for 24 h at 37°C with 5% CO 2 .

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to a novel class of bifunctional molecules that are useful in a targeted or selective degradation of a protein.

Description

BIFUNCTIONAL MOLECULES FOR TARGETED PROTEIN DEGRADATION
FIELD
The present disclosure relates to a novel class of bifunctional molecules that are useful in a targeted or selective degradation of a protein, the protein being selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
BACKGROUND
Targeted Protein Degradation (TPD) is a therapeutic modality, which relies on the use of synthetic molecules to repurpose intracellular protein degradation machinery to induce degradation of specific disease-causing proteins. TPD approaches offer a number of advantages over other drug modalities (e.g. small molecule inhibitors, antibodies & proteinbased agents, antisense oligonucleotides and related knockdown approaches) including: potentiated pharmacology due to catalytic protein removal from within cells; ability to inhibit multiple functions of a specific drug target including e.g. scaffolding function through target knockdown; opportunity for systemic dosing with good biodistribution; potent in vivo efficacy due to catalytic potency and prolonged duration of action limited only by de novo protein resynthesis; and facile chemical synthesis and formulation using application of small molecule processes.
The majority of physiologic post-translational regulation of intracellular protein levels as well as removal of damaged, misfolded, or excess proteins is mediated by the ubiquitin- proteasome system (UPS). The UPS relies on a complex cascade of protein-protein interactions that enables the polypeptide ubiquitin to be covalently attached to the protein intended for removal. The ubiquitin on the protein then acting as a marker or tag to the proteasome which then degrades and removes the protein from the cell.
The UPS can be repurposed to degrade specific proteins using bifunctional chemical molecules, commonly referred to as bifunctional degraders, as therapeutic agents. These molecules act by inducing the proximity of desired substrates with UPS proteins to initiate a cascade of events which ultimately leads to degradation, and removal of the protein from the cell by the proteasome.
Proteolysis targeting chimeras (PROTACs) constitute one such class of bifunctional degraders, which induce proximity of target proteins to the UPS by recruitment of specific ubiquitin E3 ligases. PROTACs are composed of two ligands joined by a linker - one ligand to engage a desired target protein and another ligand to recruit a ubiquitin E3 ligase.
The ubiquitin E3 ligases used most frequently in PROTACs are von Hippel-Lindau (VHL) and Cereblon (CRBN). PROTACs recruiting VHL are typically based on hydroxyproline-containing ligands, whereas PROTACs recruiting CRBN are typically characterised by the presence of a glutarimide moiety, such as thalidomide, pomalidomide and lenalidomide or close analogues to act as the warhead. Other ligases including mdm2 and the IAP family have also shown utility in PROTAC design.
However, these approaches suffer from a range of limitations, which restrict their utility to treat a wide range of diseases. For example, limitations of current PROTAC approaches include: inability to efficiently degrade some targets; poor activity of PROTACs in many specific cells due to low and variable expression of E3 ligases and other proteins required for efficient degradation; chemical properties which make it more difficult to prepare degraders with suitable drug-like properties including good drug metabolism & pharmacokinetic profiles; and high susceptibility to induced resistance mechanisms in tumours.
Because of these limitations, there remains a need to identify novel degrading mechanisms and warheads able to deliver new bifunctional degrader molecules, which show efficient degradation across a range of targets and cellular systems and/or with improved profiles suitable for drug development.
Further bifunctional degrader molecules have been described in WO 2019/238886, WO 2019/238817, WO 2019/238816, and WO 2022/129925.
SUMMARY
The present disclosure is based on the identification of a novel class of bifunctional molecules that are useful in a targeted and/or selective degradation of a desired protein, e.g. a “target protein”. In particular, the present disclosure provides bifunctional molecules, which facilitate proteasomal degradation of selected target protein(s) using a novel class of warhead. Within the context of the present disclosure, a “target protein” is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
The bifunctional molecules described herein comprise a general structure of:
TBL - L - Z wherein TBL is a target protein binding ligand and L is a linker. The moiety “Z” (a “warhead”) modulates, facilitates and/or promotes proteasomal degradation of the target protein and may, in some cases, be referred to as a modulator, facilitator and/or promoter of proteasomal degradation. For example, in use, the TBL moiety of the bifunctional molecule binds to a target protein. The moiety Z (which is joined or otherwise connected to the TBL via the linker) then modulates, facilitates and/or promotes the degradation of this target protein, e.g. by acting to bring the target protein into proximity with a proteasome and/or by otherwise causing the target protein to be marked for proteasomal degradation within a cell.
Thus, the bifunctional molecules described in the present disclosure may be considered to comprise: a target protein binding ligand (TBL) (i.e. a ligand capable of binding (e.g. specifically binding) to a target protein; a warhead or degradation tag (Z) (e.g. moiety Z which acts to modulate, facilitate and/or promote the degradation of this target protein) and a linker (e.g. a chemical linker) which conjugates, joins or connects TBL and Z.
The bifunctional molecules described in the present disclosure have been shown to be effective degraders against a wide range of target proteins. Without being bound by theory, it is hypothesised that the Z moiety of the bifunctional molecules described herein does not bind to the ubiquitin E3 ligases typically relied on in the classical PROTAC approaches discussed above (such as CRBN and VHL). Accordingly, the bifunctional molecules described herein are believed to modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteasomal degradation via an alternative mechanism. Thus, the present class of bifunctional molecules may be useful against a wider range of diseases (including those that are resistant to many PROTAC degraders).
According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided a bifunctional molecule comprising the general formula:
TBL - L - Z wherein TBL is a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand;
L is a linker; and
Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zl):
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein: ring A2 is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl or an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1-6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and further wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a second aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the bifunctional molecule of the first aspect, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, optionally wherein the bifunctional molecule is present in the composition as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or derivative.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect, or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect, for use in medicine, suitably, wherein the use comprises the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a method of treating and/or preventing any disease or condition which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect, or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect to a subject in need thereof.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a cell, the method comprising contacting and/or treating the cell with a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule of the first aspect or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
In a seventh aspect, the invention provides for use of a moiety Z as defined herein in a method of targeted protein degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
In a seventh aspect, the invention provides for use of a moiety Z as defined herein in the manufacture of a bifunctional molecule suitable for targeted protein degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
In an eighth aspect, the invention provides a method of making a bifunctional molecule the first aspect.
In a ninth aspect, the invention provides a method of screening the bifunctional molecules of the first aspect, comprising: a. providing a bifunctional molecule comprising:
(i) a first ligand comprising a structure according to Z as defined herein;
(ii) a second ligand that binds to a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and
(ii) androgen receptor; and
(iii) a linker that covalently attaches the first and second ligands; b. contacting a cell with the bifunctional molecule; c. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell; d. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; and e. comparing the level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule to the level of degradation of the target protein in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; wherein an increased level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein, optionally wherein detecting degradation of the target protein comprises detecting changes in the levels of the target protein in the cell.
In a tenth aspect, the invention provides a compound library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules of the first aspect.
As shown in formula (Zl) above, the linker may be appended to moiety Z via the R2 group. In such examples, the linker may be attached to moiety Z by way of a covalent bond between an atom on the linker and an atom contained in the ring system of the aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl of the R2 group. Alternatively, the linker may be attached to moiety Z by way of a covalent bond to the nitrogen atom of NRy or the benzylic carbon atom of the -CH(aryl)- or -CH(substituted aryl)-, for example by way of a covalent bond to the benzylic carbon atom of the -CH(aryl)- or - CH(substituted aryl)-.
As described above, in some examples R2 may be absent. In such examples, the linker may be appended to moiety Z by way of a covalent bond between an atom on the linker and an atom contained in the heterocyclic ring (e.g. ring A2).
In all of the examples, the linker may be attached at any suitable position e.g. provided it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable. For example, the linker may be bonded at any position on the aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)- or -CH(substituted aryl)- of the R2 group or may replace a hydrogen atom at any position on the heterocyclic ring shown, for example, in formula (Zl).
As described above, ring A2 is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N- heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, such as N and O.
When ring A2 is bicyclic or tricyclic, and unless otherwise stated, it may comprise rings that are joined by a bond, rings that are fused, a bridged ring and/or rings that are joined at a spiro centre.
When ring A2 is bicyclic, it may be a bridged bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share three or more atoms) or it may be a spirocyclic bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share one atom, e.g. the two rings may be joined at a spiro centre).
When ring A2 is a bridged bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A2 is a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A2 is a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one additional ring atom selected from N.
When ring A2 is a spirocyclic bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12- membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A2 is a 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some cases, ring A2 is bicyclic and comprises a first 5- to 7-membered ring and a second 3- to 7-membered ring. For example, ring A2 may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6-membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, ring A2 may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6-membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one additional ring heteroatoms selected from N.
In some embodiments, Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zla):
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge, optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g. 5- to 7-membered N-heterocycloalkyl), optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylheterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl aryl, substituted alkylaryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, alkyl heteroaryl, substituted alkylheteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S;
X1 is CH2;
X2, X3 and X4 are each independently CH2, O or NRX;
Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, or wherein one R1 group and one Rx group combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some examples, where n is 1 , 2 or 3 (i.e. when 1 , 2 or 3 X4 groups are present), an X4 group adjacent to (or directly bonded to) the N of the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zla) is CH2. In some examples, Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb):
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge, optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g. a 5- to 7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl), optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylheterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl aryl, substituted alkylaryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, alkyl heteroaryl, substituted alkylheteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S;
X1 and X4 are each CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, O or NRX; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O;
Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; or wherein one R1 group and one Rx group combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge; n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some examples, Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb’):
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein:
R1, R3, X1, X2, X3, X4, n, m and L are as defined above in respect of formula (Zla) and (Zlb).
In some examples, Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb”):
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein:
R2, R3, X1, X2, X3, X4, n and L are as defined above in respect of formula (Zla) and (Zlb).
As stated above, in some embodiments of formulae (Zla), (Zlb), (Zlb’), and (Zlb”) (and other formulae as described herein), an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge may be formed by two R1 groups or, in some cases, by one R1 group and one Rx group. The C1-3 bridge may be a C1- C3 alkylene bridging group, such as methylene, ethylene or propylene. In some examples, the C1-C3 bridge may be methylene or ethylene. Where the C1-3 bridge is substituted, it may comprise from one to three (e.g. one or two) substituents (selected from any suitable substituent as described herein). For example, the C1 to C3 alkylene bridging group may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy.
In further embodiments, Z may comprise a structure according to formula (I):
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein R1 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, or a heteroatom selected from O and NRX, wherein Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and further wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000012_0002
In alternative examples of formula (I), the list of options for R3 given above, may be replaced with C1 to C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S. In some embodiments, R2 may be absent or selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, - CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-. In some examples, at least one of R1 or R2 is present.
For example, where R1 is absent, R2 may be present and selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -NRy, - CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-. For example, where R1 is absent, R2 may be present and selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, - CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-.
By way of further example, where R2 is absent, R1 may be present and selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl. By way of even further example, where R2 is absent, at least one R1 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge, optionally substituted Cs-ecycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl, optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5-7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre.
In some examples, both of R1 and R2 are present. For example, in some cases, R2 is present and at least one R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form a optionally substituted C1-3 bridge, optionally substituted Cs-ecycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl.
In the compounds described herein, R1 and/or R2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic ring (e.g. ring A) at any suitable position e.g. provided it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable. For example, R1 and/or R2 may replace a hydrogen atom at any position on the heterocyclic core, e.g. that shown in formula (I).
Where both R1 and R2 are present, they may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic ring (e.g. ring A) at the same or different positions. For example, in some cases R1 and R2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic core by way of different carbon atoms. In other cases, R1 and R2 may be covalently attached to the heterocyclic core by way of the same carbon atom. As shown in the formulae described herein in relation to the Z moiety, a double bond is present in Z. The stereochemistry of this double bond may be either E or Z and this is indicated by the wavy line bond in formula (I) (and is similarly shown on the other formulae and structures disclosed herein). The designation of this moiety as either E or Z may depend on the identity of the R3 group. In some examples, Z may comprise a mixture of E and Z stereoisomers. Thus, the present disclosure includes within its scope the use of each individual E and Z stereoisomers of any of the disclosed Z moieties according to formula (I) and any of the other formulae described herein (e.g. in a substantially stereopure form), as well as the use of mixtures of these E and Z isomers. In some cases, the stereochemistry of the double bond and the moieties bound to it is Z, i.e. the Z stereoisomer. In other examples, the stereochemistry of the double bond and the moieties bound to it is E, i.e. the E stereoisomer.
For the avoidance of doubt, where the vinylic double bond of Z, for example that of formula (I), is shown in a structure herein to be a specific stereoisomer (E or Z) in any of the specific examples of this disclosure, it need not be in that specific stereoisomer. In other words, both E and Z steroisomers and mixtures of the two are included within the scope of the structure irrespective of the specific stereoisomer shown.
By way of further example, Z may be represented as either formula (la) or (lb):
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, X1, X2, X3 and n are as defined above and herein.
It will be appreciated that the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may exist in different stereoisomeric forms. The present disclosure includes within its scope the use of all stereoisomeric forms, or the use of a mixture of stereoisomers of the bifunctional molecules, By way of example, where the bifunctional molecule comprises one or more chiral centres, the present disclosure encompasses each individual enantiomer of the bifunctional molecule as well as mixtures of enantiomers including racemic mixtures of such enantiomers. By way of further example, where the bifunctional molecule comprises two or more chiral centres, the present disclosure encompasses each individual diastereomer of the bifunctional molecule, as well as mixtures of the various diastereomers.
Unless otherwise indicated, the various structures shown herein encompass all isomeric (e.g. enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure). For example, the present disclosure embraces the R and S configurations for each asymmetric centre, and Z and E double bond isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, where present, all tautomeric forms of the bifunctional molecules described herein are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, bifunctional molecules as described herein in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by deuterium or tritium, or in which one or more carbon atoms have been replaced by a 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are to be understood to within the scope of the present disclosure. Such molecules may be useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present disclosure. By way of further example, a bifunctional molecule as described herein, may be substituted with one or more deuterium atoms.
As used herein, references to “a bifunctional molecule” may further embrace a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
By way of further example, Z may be represented as formula (lc’):
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent (i.e. m is 0) or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C3 to C8 cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form a C1-3 bridge optionally substituted with one to three substituents, C3- 5cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents or 5- to 7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents (e.g wherein the C3- 5cycloalkyl or the 5-7-membered N-heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre);
R2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; -NRy; -CH(aryl)-, wherein the aryl has 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms and is optionally substituted with one to three substituents)-; and -CH(heteroaryl)-, wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 10 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C3 to Cs cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, or a heteroatom selected from O and NRX, wherein Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, or wherein one R1 group and one Rx group combine to form a C1-3 bridge optionally substituted with one to three substituents; with the proviso that none, or only 1 or 2 X2 and X3 is a heteroatom; and m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker. By way of further example, Z may be represented as formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; C3 to C8 cycloalkyl; C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
R2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; -NRy; -CH(aryl)-, wherein the aryl has 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms and is optionally substituted with one to three substituents)-; and -CH(heteroaryl)-, wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 10 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; Cs to Cs cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
X1 is CH2; X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, or a heteroatom selected from O and NRX, wherein Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; with the proviso that none, or only 1 or 2 X2 and X3 is a heteroatom; and n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
By way of further example, Z may be represented as formula (Id’):
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C3 to Cs cycloalkyl; C1 to C6 alkyl and C1 to C6 haloalkyl; and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form a C1-3 bridge, C3-5cycloalkyl or 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl (e.g. wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5-7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre);
R2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; -NRy; -CH(phenyl)-, wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and -CH(heteroaryl), wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 6 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; C3 to C6 cycloalkyl optionally wherein the C3 to C6 cycloalkyl is substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, or a heteroatom selected from O and NRX, wherein Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, or wherein one R1 group and one Rx group combine to form a C1-3 bridge; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is a heteroatom; and m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
By way of further example, Z may be represented as formula (Id):
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; C3 to Cs cycloalkyl; C1 to C6 alkyl and C1 to C6 haloalkyl;
R2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; -NRy; -CH(phenyl)-, wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and -CH(heteroaryl), wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 6 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; C3 to Cs cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents; heterocycloalkyl having 3 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heterocycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, or a heteroatom selected from O and NRX, wherein Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is a heteroatom; and n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker. By way of further example, Z may be represented as formula (le’):
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent (i.e. when m is 0) or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C3 to C7 cycloalkyl; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C1 to C6 alkyl and C1 to C6 haloalkyl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy; and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form a C1-3 bridge, C3-5cycloalkyl or 5- to 7- membered N-heterocycloalkyl (e.g. wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered N- heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre);
R2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; -NRy; -CH(phenyl)-; and -CH(heteroaryl) wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 6 ring atoms and contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; and further wherein the phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, - CH(phenyl)- and -CH(heteroaryl) are each optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group the heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C3 to C6 cycloalkyl; phenyl; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n is 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
By way of further example, Z may be represented as formula (le):
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C3 to C7 cycloalkyl; C1 to C6 alkyl and C1 to C6 haloalkyl; wherein the phenyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy;
R2 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl; heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; -NRy; -CH(phenyl)-; and -CH(heteroaryl) wherein the heteroaryl has 5 to 6 ring atoms and contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; and further wherein the phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, - CH(phenyl)- and -CH(heteroaryl) are each optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy; wherein Ry is H or C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group the heterocycloalkyl having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; C3 to C6 cycloalkyl; phenyl; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; and n is 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In further embodiments, Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zll):
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein R2 is absent or is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
R3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
X5 is CRb2, NRb, O or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl (e.g. a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl); each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge or optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl (optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl is joined to the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zll) at a spiro centre);
Rb is H or optionally substituted C1.3alkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In yet further embodiments, Z comprises a structure according to any one of formulae (Zlla) to (Zlle):
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein:
R2 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
R3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein; each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl (optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl is joined to the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zlla) at a spiro centre); X5 is C(Rb)2, NRb or O;
Rb is H or optionally substituted C1-salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
For example, Z may comprise a structure according to formula (Zllla) to (Zlllh):
Figure imgf000025_0001
wherein:
R2 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
R3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein; each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl;
X5 is CH2, NRb or O;
Rb is H or optionally substituted C1-salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 or 2; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In even further embodiments, Z comprises a structure according to formula (ZlVa) to (ZlVj):
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein:
R2 is absent or is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein;
R3 is as described in any one of the embodiments disclosed herein; each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl; n1 is 0, 1 or 2; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In further examples, Z comprises a structure according to formula (If):
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein R1 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)- and -CH(substituted aryl)-;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is present; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some examples, R1, R2 and R3 of formula (If) may be selected from those groups defined above, e.g. for any one or more of formulae (I c’) , (Ic), (Id’), (Id), (le’) or (le).
In some examples of the formulae described above and herein, n may be 1 , 2 or 3 and/or n1 may be 0, 1 or 2.
In those cases where R1 is absent, Z may be represented by formula (II):
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl);
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a a heterocycloalkyl group;
X1 is CH2; X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; and n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000028_0001
In those cases where R1 is absent, Z may be represented by formula (Ila):
Figure imgf000028_0002
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl);
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a a heterocycloalkyl group; and n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000028_0003
By way of particular example, in formulae (II) or (Ila), n may be 1 or 2.
By way of further example, Z may be represented by formula (lib): o
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein R2 is selected from aryl substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000029_0002
By way of further example, Z may be represented by formula (lle):
Figure imgf000029_0003
wherein R2 is selected from heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some cases, Z may be represented by formula (lid):
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R2 is selected from heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In other examples, Z may comprise a structure according to formula (lle):
Figure imgf000030_0002
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker. In other examples, Z may comprise a structure according to formula (Ilf):
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In those cases where R2 is absent, Z may comprise a structure according to formula (III):
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and n is 0,1 , 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some examples, n may be 1 or 2.
In some examples where n is 2, Z may be represented by formula (Illa):
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some examples where n is 1 , Z may be represented by formula (lllb):
Figure imgf000032_0002
wherein R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
As illustrated above, bifunctional molecules of formula (lllb) comprise at least two stereocentres and so exist in several diastereomeric (and enantiomeric) forms. In some examples, the groups R1 and L may exist in a trans relationship (e.g. these groups are held and/or oriented on opposite sides of the heterocyclic core). In other examples, the groups R1 and L may exist in a cis relationship (e.g. these groups are held and/or oriented on the same side of the heterocyclic core). By way of further example, bifunctional molecules of formula (lllb) may encompass at least the following diastereomeric forms:
Figure imgf000033_0001
In those examples where R1 is absent and R2 is selected from CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-, Z may be represented by formula (IV):
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; R4 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; and n is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In some examples, Z may comprise a structure according to formula (IVa):
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; R4 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
In either of formula (IV) or (IVa), R4 may be selected from aryl or substituted aryl.
Representative examples of groups R1, R2, R3 and R4 are now provided below which are applicable to any one or more of the formulae described herein (unless otherwise indicated).
With respect to the various structures for Z defined by the formulae herein (and unless otherwise stated), R1 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl, and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl.
In some examples, R1 is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl. Where R1 is a substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl, the aryl or heteroaryl may comprise one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1 to C6 alkyl (e.g. methyl), C1 to C6 alkoxy (e.g. methoxy), C1 to C6 haloalkyl and halo.
By way of further example, R1 may be phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy. By way of a yet further example, R1 may be heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; C3 to Cs cycloalkyl.
Representative examples of suitable R1 groups include but are not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrazolyl, and substituted pyrazolyl. In some examples, R1 is a cycloalkyl, such as a C3 to C7 cycloalkyl, or a Csto C6 cycloalkyl.
In some examples, R1 is a C1 to C6 alkyl, such as a C1 to C3 alkyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents as defined herein.
Further non-limiting examples of suitable R1 groups are illustrated below:
Figure imgf000035_0001
In the structures shown above, the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R1 groups shown above and a carbon atom on the heterocycloalkyl core attached to the R1 group in the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein). Although a particular substitution pattern is shown in the exemplary aryl and heteroaryl structures above, it will be appreciated that other substitution patterns are also encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
In further examples, such as in respect of formulae (Zll), two R1 groups may combine to form a C1-3 bridge or C3-5cycloalkyl. For example, two R1 groups may combine to form a C3- scycloalkyl. In such examples, the C3-5cycloalkyl may be joined to the heterocyclic ring of the parent structure at a spiro centre.
With respect to the various structures for Z defined by the formulae herein (and unless otherwise stated), R2 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl) and -CH(substituted heteroaryl); wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl (such as methyl) or H
In some examples, R2 is present in Z (and/or the bifunctional molecules described herein) as a divalent group. In other words, as shown in formulae (I) to (IVa) (and unless otherwise stated), the various groups defined for R2 are covalently attached to an atom of the heterocyclic core of Z and also may be covalently attached to an atom of a linker. Thus, these groups may be considered as divalent radical species.
Where R2 is selected from optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, R2 may be selected from aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms, the aryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents. By way of further example, R2 may be selected from phenyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from H, C1 to C6 alkyl, halo, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 N atoms, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from C1-C6 alkyl (e.g. C1 to C3 alkyl), halo (e.g. F), C1-C6 haloalkyl (e.g. C1 to C3 haloalkyl) and C1 to C6 alkoxy (e.g. C1 to C3 alkoxy). In some cases, suitable examples of R2 include (but are not limited to) optionally substituted phenyl, and optionally substituted pyrazolyl.
Where R2 is selected from optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, the heterocycloalkyl may have 3 to 10 ring atoms and contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, and the heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted with one to three substituents. In some examples, the heterocycloalkyl may have 5 to 8 ring atoms (e.g. 6 ring atoms) and may contain 1 or 2 N atoms. In some cases, suitable examples include (but are not limited to) optionally substituted piperidinyl, and optionally substituted piperazinyl.
Further examples of suitable R2 groups are shown below:
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein in the structures shown above, R6 may be selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, halo, C1-C6 haloalkyl and C1-C6 alkoxy. In some examples, R6 may be selected from H and C1-C6 alkyl.
In the structures shown above, the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R2 groups shown above and a carbon atom on the heterocycloalkyl core attached to the R2 group in the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein). Although a particular substitution pattern is shown in the exemplary structures above, it will be appreciated that other substitution patterns are also encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
In addition, the bond to L shows the point of attachment to the linker. In the exemplary aryl structure above, it will be appreciated that the linker may replace a hydrogen atom at any suitable position on the aryl ring (e.g. provided it is chemically suitable and has the correct valency).
With respect to the various structures for Z defined by the formulae herein, R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl.
In some examples, R3 may be selected from the group consisting of: C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the aryl and the heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy. By way of further example, in some cases the aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from halo (e.g. F) and C1 to C3 alkyl (e.g. methyl).
Representative examples of suitable R3 groups include, but are not limited to, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, phenyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxetanyl, cyclobutanyl, cyclopropanyl, tert-butyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiophenyl, imidazo(1 ,2-a)pyridinyl, N-C1 to C6 alkylenemorpholine, and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 ,3-benzothiazolyl, such as thiazolyl, pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, phenyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxetanyl, cyclobutanyl, cyclopropanyl and tert-butyl.
In each case, these R3 groups may be substituted, such as substituted thiazolyl, substituted pyridinyl, substituted benzothiazolyl, substituted phenyl, substituted pyrazolyl, substituted isoxazolyl, substituted isothiazolyl, substituted tetrahydropyranyl, substituted tetrahydrofuranyl, substituted oxetanyl, substituted cyclobutanyl, substituted cyclopropanyl and substituted tert-butyl. Where R3 is a substituted heteroaryl or aryl group, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring e.g. it may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted. Where R3 is optionally substituted pyrazolyl or imidazolyl, a nitrogen atom of the pyrazolyl or imidazolyl ring may be substituted with C1 to C6 alkyl, such as methyl.
Representative examples of suitable R3 groups include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl, optionally substituted pyrazolyl, optionally substituted oxazoyl, optionally substituted isoxazolyl, tert-butyl, C1-C6 alkyl comprising a morpholino substituent, optionally substituted benzothiazolyl and optionally substituted pyridinyl. Where R3 is a substituted aryl or heteroaryl group, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring e.g. it may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted.
Further examples of suitable R3 groups are shown below: 
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein the dotted line on the structures indicates the position that each of the respective R3 groups may be joined to the structure shown in the formulae described herein. Where the dotted line is not shown connected directly to an atom, the R3 group may be connected to the structure shown in formulae by a covalent bond to an atom at any position on the aromatic ring (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable). For example, a hydrogen at any position on the R3 group may be replaced with a bond to the parent structures as shown in the formulae described herein.
R5 may be any substituent as described herein or may be absent. In some examples, R5 may be selected from halo (e.g. F, Cl, Br, I), CF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, OCF3, -OCH2F, -OCHF2, C1 to C6 alkyl, -CN, -OH, -OMe, -SMe, -SOMe, -SO2Me, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, CO2Me, -NO2, CHO, and COMe. As stated above, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring (e.g. n may be 0 to 5, such as 0 to 4, 0 to 3, or 0 to 2). Where more than one substituent is present, each substituent may be independently selected from the R5 groups noted above.
R6 may be C1 to C6 alkyl, such as methyl.
G may be selected from CH2, O and NH.
Q may be C1 to C6 alkylene such as dimethylmethylene (-C(CH3)2-) or dimethylethylene (- C(CH3)2CH2-).
In further embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000041_0001
wherein the dotted line indicates the position at which each of the respective R3 groups is joined to the structure in the formulae described herein. By way of further example, R5 may be selected from C1 to C6 alkyl (e.g. methyl) and halo (e.g. F). As stated above, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring. Where two or more substituents are present, each substituent may be independently selected from the R5 groups noted above. Again, where present and unless otherwise indicated, R5 may be appended to the aryl or heteroaryl ring at any position (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
In the structures shown above, the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R3 groups shown above and the carbon atom of the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein). In those cases where
R3 is an aryl or heteroaryl group, this covalent bond (as illustrated in the various formulae described herein) may be formed at any position on the aromatic ring (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable). For example, a hydrogen at any position on the R3 groups shown above may be replaced with a bond to the structure shown in formula (I).
By way of further example, a suitable R3 group may be selected from the following:
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein the dotted line on the structures indicates the position that each of the respective R3 groups may be joined to the structure shown in formulae described herein, and R5, R6, n and G are as defined above.
In other examples, a suitable R3 group may be selected from the following:
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R3 groups shown above and the carbon atom of the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein), and R5 is as defined above.
By way of further example, a suitable R3 group may be selected from the following:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Again, in the structures shown above, the line intersected by a wavy line represents the covalent bond between the exemplary R3 groups shown above and the carbon atom of the parent structure of Z (as illustrated by the various formulae described herein).
As stated above, R4 may be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl. In some examples, R4 may be selected from aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the aryl and the heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy. In some examples, R4 may be an optionally substituted phenyl. By way of further example, a suitable R4 group may be selected from the following:
Figure imgf000046_0001
R7 may be any substituent as described herein or may be absent. In some examples, R7 may be selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, halo, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy. In some examples, R6 may be C1 to C6 alkyl or C1 to C3 alkyl (e.g. methyl). As stated above, there may be one or more substituents on the aromatic ring. Where two or more substituents are present, each substituent may be independently selected from the R7 groups noted above. Again, where present and unless otherwise indicated, R7 may be covalently bonded to the aryl or heteroaryl ring at any position (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
By way of further example, representative examples of Z are illustrated below:
Figure imgf000046_0002
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Ķi
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
In the exemplary structures shown above, R3 may be selected from any of those R3 groups disclosed herein. In some cases, in the exemplary structures shown above, R3 may be selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
As noted above, Z is not:
Figure imgf000053_0002
In some examples, Z is not (or does not comprise) a structure selected from one or more of the following:
Figure imgf000053_0003
In some examples, Z is not (or does not comprise) the following structure:
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein R2’ is selected from H and C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3’ is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; m is 3, 4 or 5; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
Alternatively it is noted, that whilst the various formulae described herein indicate that the linker is joined to the Z moiety via the heterocyclic core (either directly or indirectly via the R2 group), the present disclosure also extends to examples wherein the linker is attached at any other position in the Z moiety (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable). For example, the linker may replace a hydrogen atom at any position in the Z moiety. Thus, in some examples, Z may be represented as shown in formula (ZV) or (V):
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein ring A2, R1, R2, R3, X1, X2, X3, n and L are as defined in any one of the embodiments disclosed above.
The dotted line shown through the square brackets on formulae (ZV) and (V) indicates that the linker may be joined via a covalent bond to any atom on the Z moiety provided that it has the correct valency, is chemically suitable and/or provided that the attachment of the linker at this alternative position does not disrupt the function of the Z moiety in promoting and/or facilitating proteasomal degradation.
Linker (L)
As described herein, the TBL is linked or coupled to moiety Z via a linker L. The linker may be a chemical linker (e.g. a chemical linker moiety) and, for example, may be a covalent linker, by which is meant that the linker is coupled to Z and/or TBL by a covalent bond.
The linker acts to tether the target protein binding ligand and Z moieties to one another whilst also allowing both of these portions to bind to their respect targets and/or perform their intended function. In particular, the linker may act to tether the target protein binding ligand to Z whilst also mitigating the possibility of the Z moiety disrupting, interfering with and/or inhibiting the binding of the target protein binding ligand to the target protein. Additionally or alternatively, the linker may act to tether Z to the target protein binding ligand whilst also mitigating the possibility of the target protein binding ligand disrupting, interfering with and/or inhibiting the cellular interactions of Z (e.g. its function in modulating, facilitating and/or promoting the proteasomal degradation of the target protein).
In other words, the linker may function to facilitate targeted protein degradation by allowing each end of the bifunctional molecule to be available for binding (or another type of interaction) with various components of the cellular environment. For example, the linker may be configured to allow the target protein binding ligand to bind to the target protein without interference, disruption and/or inhibition from the Z moiety of the bifunctional molecule. Additionally or alternatively, the linker may be configured to allow the Z moiety to interact with the various components in the cellular environment to modulate, facilitate and/or promote the proteasomal degradation of the target protein without interference, disruption and/or inhibition from the target protein binding ligand of the bifunctional molecule.
In many cases, a broad range of linkers will be tolerated. The selection of linker may depend upon the protein being targeted for degradation (the target protein) and/or the particular target protein binding ligand.
The linker may be selected to provide a particular length and/or flexibility, e.g. such that the target protein binding ligand and the Z moiety are held within a particular distance and/or geometry. As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art, the length and/or flexibility of the linker may be varied dependent upon the structure and/or nature of the target protein binding ligand.
In some examples, the TBL is connected directly to moiety Z by a covalent bond i.e, the linker is a covalent bond. Such a direct connection is also encompassed within the term “linker” within the context of the present disclosure (and unless otherwise stated).
By way of example only, the linker may comprise any number of atoms between 1 and 200, between 1 and 100, between 1 and 50, between 1 and 30 or between 1 and 10. In some cases the linker may comprise any number of atoms in a single linear chain of between 1 and 200, between 1 and 100, between 1 and 50, between 1 and 30 or between 1 and 10. In some examples of the disclosure, the linker may comprise any number of atoms in a single linear chain between 1 and 25, such as 3 and 25, or between 1 and 20, such as 3 and 20, or between
1 and 18, such as 3 and 18.
The degree of flexibility of the linker may depend upon the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker. A rotatable bond is defined as a single non-ring bond, bound to a nonterminal heavy atom (e.g. non-hydrogen atom). As described herein, an amide (C-N) bond is not considered rotatable because of the high rotational energy barrier. In some cases, the linkers may comprise one or more moieties selected from rings, double bonds and amides to reduce the flexibility of the linker. In other cases, the linker may comprise a greater number and/or proportion of single bonds (e.g. may predominantly comprise single non-ring bonds) to increase the flexibility of the linker. It may also be appreciated that the length of the linker may affect the degree of flexibility. For example, a shorter linker comprising fewer bonds may also reduce the flexibility of a linker.
In some examples, the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker may be any number between 1 and 20, between 1 and 15, 1 and 10 or between 1 and 8. In some examples, the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker may be any number between 2 and 9, between
2 and 8, or between 3 and 6.
In some examples, the linker may comprise any number of atoms in a single linear chain between 10 and 20; and/or the number of rotatable bonds present in the linker may be any number between 2 and 8.
The structure of the linker (L) may be represented as follows:
(Lx)q wherein each Lx represents a subunit of L; and q is an integer greater than or equal to 1 .
For example, q may be any integer between 1 and 30, between 1 and 20 or between 1 and 5.
By way of example, in the case where q is 1 , the linker comprises only one Lx subunit and may be represented as L1. In the case where q is 2, the linker comprises two Lx subunits that are covalently linked to one another and which may be represented as L1- L2. In another example, where q is 3, the linker comprises three Lx subunits that are covalently linked to one another and may be represented as L1-L2-L3. For even higher integer values of q, L may comprise the following subunits L1, L2, L3, L4....up to Lq.
Each of Lx may be independently selected from CRL1RL2, O, C=O, S, S=O, SO2, NRL3, SONRL4, SONRL5C=O, CONRL6, NRL7CO, C(RL8)=C(RL9), C=C, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl groups.
Each of RL1, RL2, RL3, RL4, RL5, RL6, RL7, RL8 and RL9 may be independently selected from H, halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6, haloalkyl, -OH, -O(C1 to C6 alkyl), -NH2, -NH(C1 to C6 alkyl), - NO2, -CN, -CONH2, -CONH(C1 to C6 alkyl), -CON(C1 to C6 alkyl)2, -S(O)OC1 to C6 alkyl, - C(O)OC1 to C6 alkyl, and -CO(C1 to C6 alkyl). In some examples, each of RL1, RL2, RL3, RL4, RL5, RL6 RL7, RL8 and RL9 may be independently selected from H and C1 to C6 alkyl.
The terms aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl groups are defined above.
The terminal Lx subunits may link or couple the linker moiety to the TBL and Z moieties of the bifunctional molecule. For example, if the terminal Lx subunits are designated as L1 and Lq, L1 may link the linker to the TBL moiety and Lq may link the linker to the Z moiety. In those cases where q is 1 , the one Lx subunit (e.g. L1) provides the link between the TBL and Z moieties of the bifunctional molecule.
The TBL and Z moieties may be covalently linked to L through any group which is appropriate and stable to the chemistry of the linker. By way of example only, the linker may be covalently bonded to the TBL moiety via a carbon-carbon bond, keto, amino, amide, ester or ether linkage. Similarly, the linker may be covalently bonded to the Z moiety via a carbon-carbon bond, carbon-nitrogen bond, keto, amino, amide, ester or ether linkage. In some cases, each terminal Lx subunit (e.g. L1 and Lq) is independently selected from O, C=O, CRL1RL2, NRL3, CONRL6, NRL7CO, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl groups.
In some examples, at least one of Lx comprises a ring structure and is, for example, selected from a heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or aryl group.
In alternative examples, the linker may be or comprise an alkyl linker comprising, a repeating subunit of -CH2-; where the number of repeats is from 1 to 50, for example, 1-50, 1-40, 1-30, 1-20, 1-19, 1-18, 1-17, 1-16, 1-15, 1-14, 1-13, 1-12, 1-11 , 1-10, 1-9. 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1- 3 and 1-2.
In other examples, the linker may be or comprise a polyalkylene glycol. By way of example only, the linker may be or comprise a polyethylene glycol (PEG) comprising repeating subunits of ethylene glycol (C2H4O), for example, having from about 1-50 ethylene glycol subunits, for example where the number of repeats is from 1 to 100, for example, 1-50, 1-40, 1-30, 1-20, 1-19 1-18, 1-17, 1-16, 1-15, 1-14, 1-13, 1-12 or 1-5 repeats.
In some of the examples described herein, the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1a):
1 1A 1 2A 1 3A
L L L (L1a) wherein L1A is absent or is selected from C1-C6 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C1-C6 alkoxy (e.g. - O(CH2)-, -O(CH2)2-, -O(CH2)5-, -CH2OCH2-) and C1-C6 alkylamino (e.g. -NRL2A(CH2)-, - RL2A(CH2)2-, -RL2A(CH2)5-, -CH2RL2ACH2-);
L2A is -NRL2AC=O- or -C=ONRL2A-; and
L3A is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C1-C6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH2)O-, -(CH2)2O-, - (CH2)5O-, -CH2OCH2-) and C1-C6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH2)NRL2A-, -(CH2)2NRL2A-, -(CH2)5NRL2A-, -CH2NRL2ACH2-); wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl (e.g. C1.C3 alkyl).
In further examples, the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1b):
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein L1 B is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C1-C6 alkoxy (e.g. - O(CH2)-, -O(CH2)2-, -O(CH2)5-, -CH2OCH2-) and C1-C6 alkylamino (e.g. -NRL2A(CH2)-, - NRL2A(CH2)2-, -RL2A(CH2)5-, -CH2RL2ACH2-);
L2B is -NRL2AC=O- or -C=ONRL2A-;
L3B is selected from C1-C15 alkylene, -[(CH2)2O]1-6(CH2)2-;
L4B is -NRL2AC=O- or -C=ONRL2A- wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl (e.g. C1.C3 alkyl);
L5B is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C1-C6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH2)O-, -(CH2)2O-, - (CH2)5O-, -CH2OCH2-) and C1-C6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH2)NRL2A-, -NRL2A(CH2)2-, -(CH2)5NRL2A-, -CH2NRL2ACH2-); wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl (e.g. C1.C3 alkyl).
In some of the examples described herein, the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1c):
L1C L2C i 3C _ 1 4C
(L1c) wherein L1C is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
L2C is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C1-C6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH2)O-, - (CH2)2O-, -(CH2)5O-, -CH2OCH2-) and C1-C6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH2)NRL2A-, -(CH2)2NRL2A-, - (CH2)5NRL2A-, -CH2NRL2ACH2-);
L3C is -RL2BC=O- or -(C=O)RL2B-; and
L4C is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. ethylene), C1-C6 alkoxy (e.g. -(CH2)O-, -(CH2)2O-, - (CH2)5O-, -CH2OCH2-) and C1-C6 alkylamino (e.g. -(CH2)NRL2A-, -(CH2)2NRL2A-, -(CH2)5NRL2A-, -CH2NRL2ACH2-); wherein:
RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl (e.g. C1.C3 alkyl); and
RL2B is NRL2A; or an N-linked optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N- heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
In examples of Linker (L) represented by the Formula L1c, L1C and L2C may be both absent. In such examples, RL2B in L3C is an N-linked optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and L3C is the terminal subunit of the linker attached, suitably covalently attached, to the TBL via RL2B.
In some of the examples described herein, the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1d):
Figure imgf000060_0001
wherein L1 D is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, CO, C1-C3 alkylene(N(C1-Cs alkyl);
L2D is NRL2A or an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl (e.g. C1.C3 alkyl); and
L3D is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, -O-, -N(C1-C3 alkyl)-, and CO.
In further examples, the structure of the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (Lie):
Figure imgf000060_0002
wherein L1 E is C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. methylene) or CO;
L2E is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; and
L3E is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. methylene).
In some examples, L1A, L1 B, L1C, L1 D, or L1 E is the terminal subunit of the linker structure attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the W moiety and L3A, L5B, L4C, L3D, L3E, is the terminal subunit of the linker structure attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the TBL portion.
Where any of L1A, L1 B or L1 D are absent, L2A, L2B or L2D is directly attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the W moiety. Where L3D is absent, L2D is directly attached (i.e. covalently bonded) to the TBL portion.
As stated above, a number of linker portions, such as L1C, L2D, L2E examples of RL2B and, may be bicyclic or tricyclic, and unless otherwise stated, these moieties may comprise rings that are joined by a bond, rings that are fused, a bridged ring and/or rings that are joined at a spiro centre. When any one of L1C, L2D, L2E examples of RL2B is bicyclic, it may be a bridged bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share three or more atoms) or it may be a spirocyclic bicyclic ring (i.e. it may comprise two rings that share one atom, e.g. the two rings may be joined at a spiro centre).
When any one of L1C, L2D, L2E examples of RL2B is a bridged bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be a 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N- heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one additional ring atom selected from N.
When any one of L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B is a spirocyclic bicyclic ring, it may be an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be a 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some cases, L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be bicyclic and comprises a first 5- to 7-membered ring and a second 3- to 7-membered ring. For example, L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6-membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S. In some examples, L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be a spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprising a first 5- or 6- membered ring and a second 3- to 6-membered ring, and optionally containing one additional ring heteroatoms selected from N.
In some examples, the structure of L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B may be any one selected from:
Figure imgf000062_0001
wherein L1A and L3Aare as defined above;
X5 is C(Rb)2, NRb or O;
Rb is H or optionally substituted C1-salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2
The dotted line on the structures above indicates that the linker may be joined to the structure shown at any position indicated (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable).
In some examples L1C, L2D, L2E, and examples of RL2B is any one selected from:
Figure imgf000062_0002
The dotted line on the structures above indicates that the linker may be joined to the structure shown at any position indicated (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable). As stated above, L1 D is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, -O-, -N(C1-C3 alkyl)-, and CO. In some examples, L3D is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (e.g. methylene).
In some of the examples described herein, the linker (L) may be, or comprise, a structure represented as shown in formula (L1f):
L1 F (L1f) wherein L1 F is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, CO, and C1-C3 alkylene(NRL1 c); wherein RL1C is H or C1-C3 alkyl. In some examples, L1 F is selected from C1-C3 alkylene (such as methylene).
In any of the examples described herein, the linker is or comprises one or more of:
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
wherein q1 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. between 1 and 5).
Alternatively, in any of the examples described herein, the linker is or comprises one or more of: 1z9
Figure imgf000065_0001
0
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein q2 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6 or 10).
As a further alternative, in any of the examples described herein, the linker is or comprises
5 one or more of:
Figure imgf000067_0002
Figure imgf000068_0001
wherein q1 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. between 1 and 5) and q2 is any integer between 1 and 20, or between 1 and 10 (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6 or 10).
In particular examples, the linker is or comprises one or more of the following structures:
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
In yet further alternatives, in any of the examples described herein, the linker is or comprises one or more of:
Figure imgf000070_0002
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein q3 is 1 to 8, such as 1 to 5, and q4 is 1 to 12, such as 1 to 10.
Figure imgf000071_0002
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
In particular examples, the linker is or comprises one or more of the following structures:
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
In some cases, the structures shown above represent the entire linker. In other examples, the linker of the bifunctional molecule may comprise a plurality of the structures shown above.
In these structures, the wavy lines are shown over the bond(s) that forms the link with the TBL and Z moieties respectively.
In some examples, the bond(s) that forms the link with the TBL and/or Z moieties is (are) attached to a ring structure. On many of the structures described herein, this bond is shown as being attached at a particular position on the ring structure. However, the disclosure also encompasses joining or coupling to the TBL and Z moieties at any chemically suitable position on these ring structures.
The present disclosure encompasses the use of any of the linkers disclosed herein in combination with any of the Z moieties and TBL moieties described herein.
Target protein
As used herein, a “target protein” is: (i) an estrogen receptor; or (ii) an androgen receptor that the skilled practitioner wishes to selectively degrade in a cell or a mammal, e.g., a human or animal subject. In other words, a “target protein” is: (i) an estrogen receptor; or (ii) an androgen receptor that is selected by the skilled practitioner for increased proteolysis in a cell. The term “selected target protein” may be (i) an estrogen receptor; or (ii) an androgen receptor which has been selected to be targeted for protein degradation and/or increased proteolysis.
As used herein, “androgen receptor” means a protein with the UniProtKB designation of P10275 (ANDR_HUMAN).
As used herein, “estrogen receptor” means a protein with the UniProtKB designation of P03372 (ESR1_HUMAN).
In other words, the bifunctional molecules disclosed herein are suitable for use and/or intended for use in the targeted degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
According to the disclosure, degradation of the target protein may occur when the target protein is subjected to and/or contacted with a bifunctional molecule as described herein, e.g. when the target protein is subjected to and/or contacted with any one of the bifunctional molecules in a cell.
Selective degradation and/or increased proteolysis of the target protein will reduce levels of the target protein and so can reduce the effects of the target protein in the cell. The control of specific protein levels afforded by the bifunctional molecules described herein may provide treatment of a disease state or condition, which is modulated through or by the target protein by lowering the level of that protein in the cells of a subject.
Target Protein Binding Ligand (TBL)
As stated above, the target protein binding ligand moiety is a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand. In particular, the target protein ligand comprised within the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure is: (i) a ligand that selectively and/or specifically binds to an estrogen receptor; or (ii) is a ligand that selectively and/or specifically binds to an androgen receptor.
A bifunctional molecule according to this disclosure may comprise a target protein binding ligand, which binds to the target protein with sufficient binding affinity such that the target protein (i.e. the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor) is more susceptible to degradation or proteolysis than if unbound by the bifunctional molecule.
The target protein binding ligand may bind to the androgen receptor or estrogen receptor with a binding affinity of less than or equal to about 10 pM, less than or equal to about 1 pM, less than or equal to about 0.5 pM, or less than or equal to about 0.1 pM.
In some examples, the ligand may bind to the androgen receptor or estrogen receptor with a binding affinity of about 0.01 nM to about 10 pM, such as about 0.01 nM to about 8 pM, about 0.01 nM to about 5 pM, about 0.01 nM to about 3 pM.
For the avoidance of doubt, binding affinity is a measure of the propensity of an object comprising two components bound together to separate (dissociate) into the two components. As used herein, the binding affinity is the measure of the propensity of the complex formed when the target protein binding ligand binds to the target protein (i.e. the androgen receptor or estrogen receptor) to dissociate into separate components, i.e. the propensity of the target protein binding ligand to dissociate from the target protein.
The binding between the androgen receptor or the estrogen receptor and the target protein binding ligand may comprise one or more binding interactions, such as one or more of the group consisting of hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole bonding, ion-dipole bonding, ion-induced dipole bonding, ionic bonding and covalent bonding. For example, the binding between the androgen receptor or the estrogen receptor and the target protein binding ligand may comprise a salt bridge (a combination of hydrogen and ionic bonding).
In particular, if the bifunctional molecules comprising an estrogen receptor binding ligand as described herein were to be contacted with an estrogen receptor, the observed DCso values (for degradation of the estrogen receptor) would be less than about 1000 nM.
Additionally, if the bifunctional molecules comprising an androgen receptor binding ligand as described herein were to be contacted with an androgen receptor, the observed DCso values (for degradation of the androgen receptor) would be less than about 1000 nM.
A target protein binding ligand may comprise or be derived from a small molecule (or analogue or fragment thereof) already known to act as a modulator, promoter and/or inhibitor of protein function (e.g. any small molecule known to bind to the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor). By way of example, the target protein binding ligand may comprise or be derived from a small molecule that is known to inhibit activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
Non-limiting examples of compounds known to bind to: (I) Androgen Receptor (AR); or (II) Estrogen Receptor (ER) are described below.
I. Compounds Targeting Androgen Receptor (AR)
1. RU59063 Ligand (derivatized) at Androgen Receptor
Figure imgf000087_0001
(Derivatized where "R" designates a site for linker attachment).
2. SARM Ligand (derivatized) of Androgen Receptor
Figure imgf000087_0002
(Derivatized where "R" designates a site for linker attachment).
3. Androgen Receptor Ligand DHT (derivatized)
Figure imgf000087_0003
(Derivatized where "R" designates a site for linker attachment).
4. MDV3100 Ligand (derivatized)
Figure imgf000087_0004
5. ARN-509 Ligand (derivatized)
Figure imgf000088_0001
7. Tetramethylcyclobutanes
Figure imgf000088_0002
In the structures 1 to 7 above, R shows or indicates a site for linker attachment. However, the present disclosure also encompasses joining or coupling to the linker at any chemically suitable position on the various ligands.
In embodiments, the AR binder of the present disclosure is of formula Via:
Figure imgf000088_0003
wherein:
V1 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently substituted by one or more RV1 , wherein each RV1 is independently selected from: halo; hydroxy; nitro; -CN; -C=CH; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo, C2-6 alkenyl, C^ alkynyl;
V2 is selected from: C1.6 alkyl; C1.8 cycloalkyl; heterocycloalkyl; aryl; or heteroaryl; each optionally substituted by 1 , 2 or 3 RV2, wherein each RV2 is independently selected from: halo, C1.6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; OC1-3 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo, OH, NRY1RY2, CN, C2-4 alkenyl C2-4 alkynyl;
A is selected from:
Figure imgf000089_0001
rein
Figure imgf000089_0002
-i whe indicates the point of attachment to ring V1, and
Figure imgf000089_0003
indicates the point of attachment to ring V2; and wherein:
Y1 and Y2 are each independently selected from NRY1, O and S;
RV1, RV2 are each independently selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or RV1 and RV2 taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7-membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
Y3 is selected from NRY1, O and S;
Y4 is selected from a bond, NRY2, CRY3RY4, O and S; -NRY2C=O-, -C=ONRY2-; - NRY2C=S-, -C=SNRY2-; S=O; SO2; and C=O;
Q is a 3- to 7-membered cycloalkyl ring, wherein the cycloalkyl ring contains 0-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; each RQ is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or two RQ groups taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7- membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
RY1, RY2. RY3, RY4 are each independently selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; n is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; and wherein the TBL is attached to the linker at any suitable position.
In some embodiments, the TBL is attached to the linker via covalent coupling to V2.
In some embodiments, V1 is:
Figure imgf000090_0001
wherein
Figure imgf000090_0002
indicates the point of attachment to ring A; and
Rv1a is selected from: halo; C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
Xv is N, or CRv1 b, wherein Rv1 b is selected from: H; halo; C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
Suitably:
Xv is CH; and
Rv1a is selected from Cl and CF3.
In some embodiments, V2 comprises:
Figure imgf000090_0003
wherein
Figure imgf000090_0004
indicates the point of attachment to ring A, and L indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and
Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are each independently selected from: N, or CRV2b, wherein RV2b is selected from: H; halo; C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
Suitably:
Z1 is N, or CH; and
Z2, Z3 and Z4 are each CH.
In some embodiments, the AR binder has the Formula Vila:
Figure imgf000091_0001
wherein V2, Xv, Y1, Y2, RV1, RV2, Rv1a and L are as defined for formula Via (and any sub-formula).
In some embodiments, the AR binder has the Formula Vlla(i):
Figure imgf000091_0002
wherein Xv, Y1, Y2, RV1, RV2, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Via
(and any sub-formula).
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vlla(ii) or Vlla(iii):
Figure imgf000091_0003
Figure imgf000092_0001
wherein Xv, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Via (and any subformula).
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vlla(iv) or Vlla(v):
Figure imgf000092_0002
wherein L is as defined for formula Via.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula VI I b:
Figure imgf000092_0003
wherein V2, Xv, Y3, Y4, Rv1a and L are as defined for formula Via; and wherein:
RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd are each independently selected from C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or
RQa and RQb, or RQc and RQd, taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7-membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of the Formula Vllb(i):
Figure imgf000093_0001
(Vllb(i)) wherein Xv, Y3, RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Vllb. iRel I
Here and throughout the symbol: means the stereochemistry shown is relative and not absolute. As appropriate all specific enantioners/diasteromers within such a definition are also explicitly encompassed.
In some embodiments, the AR binder TBL is of Formula Vllb(ii):
Figure imgf000094_0001
wherein Xv, Y3, RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Vllb.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllb(iii):
Figure imgf000094_0002
wherein Xv, Y3, RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Vllb.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllb(iv) or Vllb(v):
Figure imgf000095_0001
wherein L is as defined for formula VI I b.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vile:
Figure imgf000095_0002
wherein Xv, V2, Y3, Y4, RQ, Rv1a and L are as defined for formula VI I b; and pv is 0, 1 or 2.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(i):
Figure imgf000096_0001
wherein Xv, V2, Y3, Y4, RQ, Rv1a, p and L are as defined for formula Vile.
In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(ii):
Figure imgf000096_0002
wherein Xv, Y3, Y4, RQ, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, pv and L are as defined for formula Vile. In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(iii):
Figure imgf000097_0001
(Vllc(iii)) wherein Xv, RQ, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, pv and L are as defined for formula Vile. In some embodiments, the AR binder is of Formula Vllc(iv):
Figure imgf000097_0002
(Vllc(iv)) wherein L is as defined for formula Vile. II. Compounds Targeting Estrogen Receptor (ER) ICI-182780
1. Estrogen Receptor Ligand
Figure imgf000097_0003
(Derivatized where “R” designates a site for linker attachment). In the structure above, R shows or indicates a site for linker attachment. However, the present disclosure also encompasses joining or coupling the linker at any chemically suitable position on the various ligands. In embodiments, the TBL or ER binder of the present disclosure has the structure of:
(a) Formula (SI):
Figure imgf000098_0001
wherein: each Xs is independently selected from CH and N;
Ys is CH2 or NR4;
Zs is selected from C6-10aryl; a 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl; C3-8 cycloalkyl; C5-8 cycloalkenyl; a 5- or 6- membered heterocycloalkyl containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -(NRS5)2-, -S(O)- and S(O)2; a bicyclic ring system consisting of a five or six membered alkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring fused to an aryl ring, the heterocyclic ring containing up to two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of -O-, -(NRS5)2-, -S(O)- and S(O)2; wherein Z is optionally substituted with (Rs2)n s; each RS1 is independently selected from OH, -O-C1-4 alkyl, -O-C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, O(CO)RS6; each RS2 is independently selected from halogen. CN, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cyclohaloalkyl, OH, -O-C1-4 alkyl, NH2, -NRS5-C1-4 alkyl, -O-C1-4 haloalkyl, - NRS5-C1-4 haloalkyl, -O-C3-7 cycloalkyl, -NRS5- C3-7 cycloalkyl; each RS3 is independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl;
RS4 is H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl; each RS5 is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cyclohaloalkyl;
RS6 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl; ms is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; ns is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; ps is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 wherein the TBL is attached to the linker at any suitable position.
In embodiments of Formula (SI) above, the linker may be attached to the top aryl group. In other words, the linker (L) may substitute an H on the top aryl group, i.e. the TBL has the structure:
Figure imgf000099_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In embodiments, the TBL is of formula Sil :
Figure imgf000099_0002
wherein:
X, RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6, ms, ns and ps are as defined in Formula (SI); wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker. In embodiments of Formula (SI) or (Sil), each Xs is CH.
As described above, in embodiments, the TBL is of formula SIII:
Figure imgf000100_0001
wherein:
RS1, RS2, RS3, ms, ns and ps are as defined in Formula (SI) or Formula (SIl); wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In embodiments, the TBL is of Formula SI I la or Slllb:
Figure imgf000100_0002
(SIII); wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
Suitably, the TBL is of Formula SI I la. In embodiments of Formula (SI), (Sil) or (SIl ), RS1 is OH.
In embodiments of Formula (SI), (Sil) or (SIl ), ms is 1.
In embodiments of Formula (SI), (SH) or (SHI), ns is 0.
In embodiments of Formula (SI), (SH) or (SHI), ps is 0.
In embodiments, the TBL is of Formula SIV:
Figure imgf000101_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
Suitably, the TBL is of Formula SV:
Figure imgf000102_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker, or,
(b) Formula T(l);
Figure imgf000102_0002
wherein:
Cy is selected from C6- 10aryl; a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl; C3-7 cycloalkyl; a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl; wherein Cy is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, ORTa, N(RTa)2, C1.9 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, C6- 10aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C(O)RTa, C(O)NRTa, SO2RTa, and SO2NRTa;
RT1 is selected from H, C1.9 alkyl, C1-g haloalkyl; C3-7 cycloalkyl, C^ cyclohaloalkyl; a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, C6- 10aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, -(C1-6 alkyl)-(C3-7 cycloalkyl), -(C1-6 alkyl)-(a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl), C(O)RTb, C(O)NRTa, SO2RTa, and SO2NRTa, wherein when RT1 is not H, RT1 is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, ORa, N(Ra)2, C1.9 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, C6- 10 aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C(O)RTa, C(O)NRTa, SO2RTa, and SO2NRTa;
RTa is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, and a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, wherein RTa is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, OH, OC1.6 alkyl, and SO2-C1-6 alkyl;
RTb is independently selected from H, -ORTa, C1-6 alkyl, -(C1-6alkyl)-(C3-7 cycloalkyl), C3- 7 cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, wherein RTb is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, C1-6 haloalkyl, OH, OC1.6 alkyl, and SO2-C1-6 alkyl,
RT2 and RT2’ are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C1-6 alkyl, -ORTa, -C1-6 alkyl-OH, -C1-6 alkyl-ORTa, -C1-6 alkyl-SO2-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, -N(RTa)2, -C1-6 alkyl-NRTa-C1-6 alkyl, -C1-6 alkyl-NH2, -C1-6 alky- NHSO2-CI-6 alkyl, -C1-6 alkyl-CN, -CO2H, -CORTa, -CO2RTa, -CON(RTa)2, -C1-6 alkyl-CONH2, - NRTaCO-C1-6 alkyl, -NRTaS(O)2-C1-6 alkyl, -S(O)2N(RTa)2;
RT3 is selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6 alkyl, CH2OH, -C1-6alkyl-ORTa, -C1-6alkyl-SO2- C1-6 alkyl, C1.6 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C^ cyclohaloalkyl, 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, -C1-6alkyl-NRTa-C1-6 alkyl, -C1-6alky-NHSO2-C1-6 alkyl, -C1-6 alkyl-CN, -CO2H, -CO-C1.6 alkyl, - CO2-C1-6 alkyl, -CON(RTa)2, -C1-6alkyl-CONH2, -N(RTa)2, -NRTaCO-C1-6 alkyl, -NRTaS(O)2-C1-6 alkyl;
RT4 is selected from H, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl; and qT is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) above, the linker may be attached to the top aryl group. In other words, the linker (L) may substitute an H on the top aryl group, i.e. the TBL has the structure:
Figure imgf000103_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In some embodiments of Formula (Tl), Cy is C6- 10aryl; a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl.
In some embodiments of Formula (Tl), RT4 is H.
In some embodiments, the TBL is of Formula Til:
Figure imgf000104_0001
wherein:
RT1, RT2, RT2’, RT3 and qT are as defined for Formula Tl; and Ring G is aryl or heteroaryl;
XT is CH or N;
YT is CRTc or N, wherein RTc is halogen or C1-3 alkyl; wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), each XT is N and each YT is CH.
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), each XT is CH and each YT is CRTc.
In embodiments, ring G is selected from:
Figure imgf000105_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein
Figure imgf000105_0004
ndicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
Suitably, ring G is:
Figure imgf000105_0002
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
Figure imgf000105_0005
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), RT2 is C1-6 alkyl and RT2’ is H. Suitably, RT2 is Me and RT2’ is H.
In embodiments of Formula
Figure imgf000105_0003
RT6 and RT7 are each independently selected from H, Me or F, or RT6 and RT7 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl ring or an oxetanyl ring;
RT8 is selected from H, Me, F, CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CN, CH2CN, CH2OMe, CH2OH, CO2H, CO2Me or SO2Me; and wherein '' indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), when RT1 is
Figure imgf000106_0001
RT1 has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000106_0002
wherein
Figure imgf000106_0003
indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure. In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), RT6 is Me. In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), RT7 is Me.
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), RT8 is F.
In embodiments of Formula (Tl) or (Til), qT is 0.
In some embodiments, the TBL is of Formula Till:
Figure imgf000107_0001
wherein:
Ring G, XT, YT, RT2, RT2’, RT6, RT7 and RT8 are as defined in Formula (Tl) and Formula (Til); and wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In embodiments of Formula (TH) or Formula (Till), when RT2’ is H, RT2 and ring G have a trans relative stereochemistry.
In some embodiments, the TBL is of Formula TIV:
Figure imgf000108_0001
wherein:
Ring G, XT, YT, RT6, RT7 and RT8 are as defined in Formula (TH) or (Till); and wherein
Figure imgf000108_0002
indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
In embodiments, the TBL is of Formula TIVa or TIVb:
Figure imgf000108_0003
Figure imgf000109_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
Exemplary Bifunctional Molecules
It will be appreciated that the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may exist in different stereoisomeric forms. The present disclosure includes within its scope the use of all stereoisomeric forms, or the use of a mixture of stereoisomers of the bifunctional molecules, By way of example, where the bifunctional molecule comprises one or more chiral centres, the present disclosure encompasses each individual enantiomer of the bifunctional molecule as well as mixtures of enantiomers including racemic mixtures of such enantiomers. By way of further example, where the bifunctional molecule comprises two or more chiral centres, the present disclosure encompasses each individual diastereomer of the bifunctional molecule, as well as mixtures of the various diastereomers.
Unless otherwise indicated, the various structures shown herein encompass all isomeric (e.g. enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure). For example, the present disclosure embraces the R and S configurations for each asymmetric centre, and Z and E double bond isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, where present, all tautomeric forms of the bifunctional molecules described herein are to be understood to be within the scope of the present disclosure. As used herein, references to “a bifunctional molecule” may further embrace a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
For the avoidance of doubt, the bifunctional molecule may comprise any combination of target binding protein (TBL), linker (L) and warhead (Z) (provided that it has the correct valency and/or is chemically suitable). For example, the bifunctional compound may comprise any combination of Z of formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein, such as (la), (lb), (lc’), (Ic), (Id’), (Id), (le’), (le), (If), (Ila), (llaa), (lib), (lie), (lid), (lie), (Ilf), (Illa), (111 b) and IVa), L of any formula or subgeneric formula defined herein, such as any one of Formulae L1a to L1f, and TBL of any formula or subgeneric formula defined herein, for example any one of Formulae SI, SI I, SIH, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, Til, Till or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv). In other examples, the bifunctional compound comprises any combination of Z of formula (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein, such as (Zla), (Zlb), (Zl b’), (Zl b”) (Zl la to e), (Zllla-h) and (ZlVa-j), L, such as any one of Formulae L1a to L1f, and TBL of any formula or subgeneric formula defined herein, for example any one of Formulae SI, Sil, SIH, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TH, Till or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv).
In some embodiments: i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (HI), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (ZHI), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and ii) TBL is represented by formula SI, SH, SHI, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TH, Till or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv) as defined above.
In some embodiments: i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (HI), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (ZHI), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000111_0001
ii) TBL is represented by formula SI, SH, SHI, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TH, Till or TIV,
TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv) as defined above.
In other particular embodiments:
(i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and
(ii) TBL is represented by formula SI, SIl, SIII, SI I la, SI I lb, SIV or SV as defined above.
In particular embodiments: i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and ii) TBL is represented by formula SIV or SV as defined above.
In other particular embodiments:
(i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and
(ii) TBL is represented by formula Tl, TH, Till, TIV, TIVa or TIVb as defined above.
In particular embodiments: i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (HI), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (ZHI), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and ii) TBL is represented by formula TIVa or TIVb as defined above.
In other particular embodiments: (iii) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and
(V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and
(iv) TBL is represented by formula Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), VI lb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or
Vllc(i) to (iv) as defined above.
In particular embodiments: iii) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and iv) TBL is represented by formula Vlla(iv), Vlla(v), Vllb(v) or Vllc(iv) as defined above.
In these specific embodiments, L may be represented by formula L1a, L1 b, L1c, L1d, Lie or L1f.
In yet further embodiments: i) (i) Z is represented as formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein) as defined above; and
(ii) TBL is represented by any one of formulae Formulae SI, SIl, SIII, Sllla, Slllb, SIV, SV, Tl, TII, TIll or TIV, TIVa, TIVb, Via, Vila, Vlla(i) to (v), Vllb, Vllb(i) to (v), Vile or Vllc(i) to (iv); and
(iii) L is represented by formula L1a, L1b, L1c, L1d, Lie or L1f as defined above.
In some more specific examples, the bifunctional molecule is any one of compounds 1 and 2 or any combination of TBL, L and Z represented in compounds 1 and 2 as shown in Table 1 below:
Figure imgf000113_0001
Table 1 showing structures of exemplary bifunctional molecules 1 and 2.
Isotopically-labelled compounds
The disclosure also includes various deuterated forms of the compounds disclosed herein, or of any of the Formulae disclosed herein, including Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein), respectively, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or a corresponding tautomer form thereof (including subgeneric formulas, as defined above) of the present disclosure. Each available hydrogen atom attached to a carbon atom may be independently replaced with a deuterium atom. A person of ordinary skill in the art will know how to synthesize deuterated forms of the compounds of any of the Formulae disclosed herein, including Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein), respectively, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or a corresponding tautomer form thereof (including subgeneric formulae, as defined above) of the present disclosure. For example, deuterated materials, such as alkyl groups may be prepared by conventional techniques (see for example: methyl-d3 -amine available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wl, Cat. No.489, 689-2). The disclosure also includes isotopically-labelled compounds which are identical to those recited in any of the Formulae disclosed herein, including Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) (inc. corresponding subgeneric formulae defined herein), respectively, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or a corresponding tautomer form thereof (including subgeneric formulae, as defined above) of the present disclosure but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most commonly found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the disclosure include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, iodine and chlorine such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C,14C, 18F, 123l or 125l. Compounds of the present disclosure and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds that contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of the present disclosure. I sotopically labelled compounds of the present disclosure, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H or 14C have been incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e. 3H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. 11C and 18F isotopes are particularly useful in PET (positron emission tomography).
Degradation activity
Degradation may be determined by measuring the amount of a target protein (i.e. the estrogen receptor or the androgen receptor) in the presence of a bifunctional molecule as described herein and/or comparing this to the amount of the target protein observed in the absence of the bifunctional molecule. For example, the amount of target protein in a cell that has been contacted and/or treated with a bifunctional molecule as described herein may be determined. This amount may be compared to the amount of target protein in a cell that has not been contacted and/or treated with the bifunctional molecule (e.g. as a control). If the amount of target protein is decreased in the cell contacted and/or treated with the bifunctional molecule, the bifunctional molecule may be considered as facilitating and/or promoting the degradation and/or proteolysis of the target protein.
The amount of the target protein can be determined using methods known in the art, for example, by performing immunoblotting assays, Western blot analysis and/or ELISA with cells that have been contacted and/or treated with a bifunctional molecule.
Selective degradation and/or increased proteolysis may be considered to have occurred if at least a 10% decrease in the amount of a target protein is observed compared to the control, for example, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% following administration of the bifunctional molecule to the cell.
For example, selective degradation and/or increased proteolysis may be considered to have occurred if at least a 10% decrease in the amount of a target protein is observed, (e.g. at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% decrease) within 4 hours or more (e.g. 4 hours, 8 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 30 hours, 36 hours, 42 hours, 48 hours, 54 hours, 60 hours, 66 hours and 72 hours) following administration of the bifunctional molecule to the cell. The bifunctional molecule may be administered at any concentration, e.g. a concentration between 0.01 nM to 10 M , such as 0.01nM, 0.1nM, 1 nM, 10nM, 100 nM, 1 μ M, and 10 .M. In some instances, an increase of at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or approximately 100% in the degradation of the target protein is observed following administration of the bifunctional molecule at a concentration of approximately 100 nM (e.g. following an incubation period of approximately 8 hours).
One measure of degrader activity of the bifunctional molecules is the DC50 value. As used herein, DCso is the concentration required to reach 50% of the maximal degradation of the target protein (i.e. the androgen receptor or the estrogen receptor). The bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise a DCso of less than or equal to 10000 nM, less than or equal to 1000 nM, less than or equal to 500 nM, less than or equal to 100 nM or less than or equal to 75 nM. In some cases, the bifunctional molecules comprise a DCso less than or equal to 50 nM, less than or equal to 25 nM, or less than or equal to 10 nM.
Another measure of the degrader activity of the bifunctional molecules is the Dmax value. As used herein, Dmax represents the maximal percentage of target protein degradation. The bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise a Dmax of at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or about 100%.
Yet another measure of the efficacy of the described bifunctional molecules may be their effect on cell viability and/or their ICso value. For example, an anti-proliferative effect of a bifunctional molecule as described herein may be assessed in a cell viability assay to provide an IC50 value. As used herein, the IC50 value represents the concentration at which 50% cell viability was observed in the cell viability assay (following administration of a bifunctional molecule as described herein). In terms of cell viability, the bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise an IC50 of less than 1000nM, less than 500nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 25 nM, less than 20 nM, or less than 10 nM. In some cases, the bifunctional molecules described herein may comprise an IC50 value of less than 5 nM. Pharmaceutical Compositions
The present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the bifunctional molecules described herein. In such compositions, the bifunctional molecule may be suitably formulated such that it can be introduced into the environment of the cell by a means that allows for a sufficient portion of the molecule to enter the cell to induce degradation of the target protein.
Accordingly, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a bifunctional molecule as described herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, phosphate buffer solutions and/or saline. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's or fixed oils. Preservatives and other additives may also be present, such as, for example, antimicrobials, antioxidants, chelating agents, inert gases and the like.
In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients the pharmaceutical compositions described above may alternatively or additionally include, an appropriate one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavouring agents, binders, surface active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like, and substances included for the purpose of rendering the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient.
Pharmaceutical compositions may be present in any formulation typical for the administration of a pharmaceutical compound to a subject. Representative examples of typical formulations include, but are not limited to, capsules, granules, tablets, powders, lozenges, suppositories, pessaries, nasal sprays, gels, creams, ointments, sterile aqueous preparations, sterile solutions, aerosols, implants etc.
A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, transdermal, topical, transmucosal, vaginal and rectal administration.
The pharmaceutical compositions may include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular and intravenous), topical (including dermal, buccal and sublingual), rectal, nasal and pulmonary administration e.g., by inhalation. The composition may, where appropriate, be conveniently presented in discrete dosage units and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Methods typically include the step of bringing into association an active compound with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for oral administration wherein the carrier is a solid are most preferably presented as unit dose formulations such as boluses, capsules or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of active compound. A tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine an active compound in a free- flowing form such as a powder or granules optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating agent, surface-active agent or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding an active compound with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets may be optionally coated and, if uncoated, may optionally be scored. Capsules may be prepared by filling an active compound, either alone or in admixture with one or more accessory ingredients, into the capsule shells and then sealing them in the usual manner. Cachets are analogous to capsules wherein an active compound together with any accessory ingredient(s) is sealed in a rice paper envelope. The bifunctional molecules may also be formulated as dispersible granules, which may for example be suspended in water before administration, or sprinkled on food. The granules may be packaged, e.g., in a sachet. Compositions suitable for oral administration wherein the carrier is a liquid may be presented as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion. Compositions for oral administration include controlled release dosage forms, e.g., tablets wherein an active compound is formulated in an appropriate release-controlling matrix, or is coated with a suitable release-controlling film.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for parenteral administration include sterile solutions or suspensions of an active compound in aqueous or oleaginous vehicles. Injectable preparations may be adapted for bolus injection or continuous infusion. Such preparations are conveniently presented in unit dose or multi-dose containers, which are sealed after introduction of the formulation until required for use. Alternatively, the bifunctional molecule may be in powder form, which is constituted with a suitable vehicle, such as sterile, pyrogen- free water, before use.
The pharmaceutical composition may also be formulated as long-acting depot preparations, which may be administered by intramuscular injection or by implantation, e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly. Depot preparations may include, for example, suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials, or ion-exchange resins.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for topical formulation may be provided for example as gels, creams or ointments.
The bifunctional molecules described herein may be present in the pharmaceutical compositions as a pharmaceutically and/or physiologically acceptable salt, solvate or derivative.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts, which are generally considered suitable for use in medicine (including in a veterinary context). For example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be those which can be contacted with the tissues of a mammalian subject (e.g. humans) without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response or the like. By way of further example of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Representative examples of pharmaceutically and/or physiologically acceptable salts of the bifunctional molecules of the disclosure may include, but are not limited to, acid addition salts formed with organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, lactic, tartaric, maleic, citric, pyruvic, oxalic, malonic, fumaric, oxaloacetic, isethionic, lactobionic and succinic acids; organic sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and p-toluenesulfonic acids and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, perchloric, phosphoric and sulfamic acids. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include (but are not limited to) adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2- hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, thiocyanate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
In some examples, salts that may be derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(C1-4alkyl)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
Pharmaceutically and/or physiologically functional derivatives of compounds of the present invention are derivatives, which may be converted in the body into the parent compound. Such pharmaceutically and/or physiologically functional derivatives may also be referred to as "prodrugs" or "bioprecursors". Pharmaceutically and/or physiologically functional derivatives of compounds of the present disclosure may include hydrolysable esters or amides, particularly esters, in vivo.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding pharmaceutically and/or physiologically acceptable solvate of the bifunctional molecules described herein, which may be used in the any one of the uses/methods described. The term solvate is used herein to refer to a complex of solute, such as a compound or salt of the compound, and a solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be termed a hydrate, for example a mono-hydrate, di-hydrate, tri-hydrate etc, depending on the number of water molecules present per molecule of substrate.
Uses of moiety Z
As described herein, the moiety Z may form part of a bifunctional molecule intended for use in a method of targeted protein degradation, wherein the moiety Z acts to modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteasomal degradation of the target protein, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
As such, according to a further aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a use of the moiety Z or a compound comprising moiety Z as described herein (e.g. as defined in any one of Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V)) in a method of targeted protein degradation of either the estrogen receptor or the androgen receptor (e.g. an in vitro or in vivo method of targeted protein degradation). For example, moiety Z may find particular application as a promoter or facilitator of targeted protein degradation of either the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
There is also provided a use of moiety Z or a compound comprising moiety Z (e.g. as defined in any one of Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V)) in the manufacture of a bifunctional molecule suitable for targeted protein degradation.
Therapeutic Methods and Uses
The bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteasomal degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor. As such, there is provided a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a cell, the method comprising contacting and/or treating the cell with a bifunctional molecule as described herein. The method may be carried out in vivo or in vitro.
In particular, there is provided a method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule of the present disclosure.
As such, the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may find application in medicine and/or therapy. Specifically, the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may find use in the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition, which is modulated through the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor. For example, the bifunctional molecules of the present disclosure may be useful in the treatment of any disease, which is modulated through the target protein by lowering the level of that protein in the cell, e.g. cell of a subject. Reduction of target protein levels in a cell following administration of a degrader of the present invention wherein activity of the selected protein is implicated in a disease state or a disorder, then it is to be understood that the degrader is useful in the treatment of that disease.
There is further provided the use of the bifunctional molecules as described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition, which is modulated through the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor. Additionally, there is provided the use of a moiety Z (e.g. as defined in any one of Formulae (Zl), (Zll), (Zill), (ZIV), (ZV), (I), (II) (III), (IV) and (V) in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition, which is modulated through the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
Diseases and/or conditions that may be treated and/or prevented by the molecules of the disclosure include any disease, which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
Such diseases and conditions include those whose pathology is related at least in part to an abnormal (e.g. elevated) level of the protein and/or the overexpression of the protein. For example, the bifunctional molecules may find use in the treatment and/or prevention of diseases where an elevated level of the target protein is observed in a subject suffering from the disease. In other examples, the diseases and/or conditions may be those whose pathology is related at least in part to inappropriate protein expression (e.g., expression at the wrong time and/or in the wrong cell), excessive protein expression or expression of a mutant protein. In one example, a mutant protein disease is caused when a mutant protein interferes with the normal biological activity of a cell, tissue, or organ.
Accordingly, there is provided a method of treating and/or preventing a disease or condition, which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor, which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional compound as described herein.
Representative examples of the diseases and/or conditions that may be treated and/or prevented by the use of the described bifunctional compounds for the targeted degradation of the estrogen receptor include (but are not limited to) bone disorders, e.g., osteoporosis (including glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis), osteopenia, Paget's disease and peridontal disease; cardiovascular diseases (including fibroproliferative conditions); hypercholesterolemia; hypertriglyceridemia; vasomotor disorders (e.g., hot flashes); urogenital disorders (e.g., urinary incontinence); prostatic hypertrophy; endometrial hyperplasia; cancer, including prostate cancer, uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, and endometrial cancer; multiple CNS disorders, such as neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., improvement of cognitive function and the treatment of dementia, including Alzheimer's disease and short-term memory loss).
Representative examples of the diseases and/or conditions that may be treated and/or prevented by the use of the described bifunctional compounds for the targeted degradation of the androgen receptor include (but are not limited to) benign prostate hyperplasia, hirsutism, acne, hyperpilosity, seborrhea, endometriosis, polycystic ovary syndrome, androgenic alopecia, adenomas and neoplasies of the prostate, benign or malignant tumor cells containing the androgen receptor, hypogonadism, osteoporosis, suppression of spermatogenesis, libido, cachexia, anorexia, androgen supplementation for age related decreased testosterone levels in men, prostate cancer, breast cancer, endometrial cancer, uterine cancer, hot flashes, and Kennedy's disease.
As used herein, the term “patient” or “subject” is used to describe an animal, such as a mammal (e.g. a human or a domesticated animal), to whom treatment, including prophylactic treatment, with the compositions according to the present disclosure is provided. For treatment of those infections, conditions or disease states which are specific to a specific animal such as a human patient, the term patient refers to that specific animal, including a domesticated animal such as a dog or cat or a farm animal such as a horse, cow, sheep, etc. In general, in the present invention, the term patient refers to a human patient unless otherwise stated or implied from the context of the use of the term.
Assays
The disclosure also encompasses a method of screening bifunctional molecules to identify suitable target protein binding ligands and linkers for use in the bifunctional molecules described herein, e.g. a bifunctional molecule that is able to effectively modulate, facilitate and/or promote proteolysis of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor. This method may assist in identifying suitable linkers for a particular target protein binding partner such that the level of degradation is further optimised.
The method may comprise: a. providing a bifunctional molecule comprising:
(i) a first ligand comprising a structure according to Z (as defined in any of the formulae for Z disclosed herein);
(ii) a second ligand that binds to a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor (a target protein binding ligand); and
(iii) a linker that covalently attaches the first and second ligands; b. contacting a cell with the bifunctional molecule; and c. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell.
This method may further comprise the steps of: d. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; and e. comparing the level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule to the level of degradation of the target protein in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; wherein an increased level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein.
In such methods, a step of detecting degradation of the target protein may comprise detecting changes in levels of a target protein in a cell. For example, a reduction in the level of the target protein indicates degradation of the target protein. An increased reduction in the level of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule (compared to any reduction in the levels of target protein observed in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule) indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein.
The method may further comprise providing a plurality of linkers, each one being used to covalently attach the first and second ligands together to form a plurality of bifunctional molecules. The level of degradation provided by each one of the plurality of bifunctional molecules may be detected and compared. Those bifunctional molecules showing higher levels of target protein degradation indicate preferred and/or optimal linkers for use with the selected target protein binding partner.
The method may be carried out in vivo or in vitro.
Compound library
The disclosure also provides a library of bifunctional molecules, the library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules, the plurality of bifunctional molecules comprising a plurality of Z moieties covalently linked to a selected target protein binding partner.
As such, the target protein binding partner may be pre-selected and the Z moiety may not be determined in advance. The library may be used to determine the activity of a candidate Z moiety of a bifunctional molecule in modulating, promoting and/or facilitating selective protein degradation of a target protein. The disclosure also includes a library of bifunctional molecules, the library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules, the plurality of bifunctional molecules comprising a plurality of target protein binding ligands and a selected Z moiety. As such, the Z moiety of the bifunctional molecule may be pre-selected and the target protein may not be determined in advance. The library may be used to determine the activity of a putative target protein binding ligand and its value as a binder of a target protein to facilitate target protein degradation.
Methods of manufacture
According to a further aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a method of making a bifunctional molecule as described herein.
The method of making the bifunctional molecule may comprise the steps of:
(a) providing a first ligand or moiety comprising a structure according to Z (as defined in any one of the formulae for Z disclosed herein);
(b) providing a second ligand or moiety that binds to a target protein selected from an:
(i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand (e.g. a target protein binding ligand as defined herein); and
(c) linking (e.g. covalently linking) the first and second ligands or moieties using a linker as defined herein.
In other examples, the method of making the bifunctional molecule may comprise the steps of:
(a) providing a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand (as defined herein);
(b) linking (e.g. covalently linking) a linker (as defined herein) to the target protein binding ligand to provide a target protein binding ligand-linker conjugate (TBL- L);
(c) further reacting the linker moiety of the conjugate to add and/or form a structure according to Z (as defined in any of formulae (I) to (III)) thereon to provide the bifunctional molecule having the general formula TBL-L-Z.
It should be understood that throughout this specification, the terms “comprise”, “comprising” and/or “comprises” is/are used to denote that aspects, embodiments and examples of this disclosure “comprise” a particular feature or features. It should be understood that this/these terms may also encompass aspects, embodiments and/or examples which “consist essentially of’ or “consist of” the relevant feature or features. Definitions
In the discussion above, reference is made to a number of terms, which are to be understood to have the meanings provided below, unless a context indicates to the contrary. The nomenclature used herein for defining compounds, in particular the compounds described herein, is intended to be in accordance with the rules of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) for chemical compounds, specifically the “IUPAC Compendium of Chemical Terminology (Gold Book)” (see A. D. Jenkins et al., Pure & Appl. Chem., 68, 2287- 2311 (1996)). For the avoidance of doubt, if an IUPAC rule is contrary to a definition provided herein, the definition herein is to prevail.
As used herein, the term "aryl" refers to a mono- or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon system having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, in some cases having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Representative examples of suitable "aryl" groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and anthracenyl. As used herein, “substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the aromatic ring. When an aryl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
As used herein, “heteroaryl” may be a single or fused ring system having one or more aromatic rings containing 1 or more, in some cases 1 to 3, in some cases 1 to 2, in some cases a single O, N and/or S heteroatom (s). The term “heteroaryl” may refer to a mono- or polycyclic heteroaromatic system having 5 to 10 ring atoms. Representative examples of heteroaryl groups may include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl etc. As used herein, “substituted heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the heteroaromatic ring.
As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group. The chain may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the chain may contain one or more double or triple bonds.
As used herein, “C1-C6 alkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. As used herein, a “C1-C3 alkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Representative examples are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n- pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, neohexyl, etc. When an alkyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s), CHs,CH2 or CH group(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
As used herein, a “cycloalkyl” is a ring containing 3 to 10 carbon atoms, in some cases 3 to 8, or in some cases 5 to 6 carbon atoms. The ring may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the ring may contain one or more double or triple bonds. As used herein, a C3-C7 cycloalkyl is a cycloalkyl containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms in the ring. As used herein, a C3-C6 cycloalkyl is a cycloalkyl containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms in the ring.
Representative examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctynl etc. As used herein, “substituted cycloalkyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the cycloalkyl ring. When a cycloalkyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
The term “alkenyl” defines monovalent groups derived from alkenes by removal of a hydrogen atom from any carbon atom, wherein the term “alkene” is intended to define acyclic branched or unbranched hydrocarbons having the general formula CnH2n, wherein n is an integer >2. Examples of alkenyl groups include ethenyl, n-propylenyl, iso-propylenyl, n-butylenyl, secbutylenyl, iso-butylenyl and tert-butylenyl. When an alkenyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied. Where the alkenyl comprises a divalent hydrocarbon radical, this moiety may sometimes be referred to herein as an alkenylene.
The term “alkynyl” defines monovalent groups derived from alkynes by removal of a hydrogen atom from any carbon atom, wherein the term “alkyne” is intended to define acyclic branched or unbranched hydrocarbons having the general formula CnH2n-2, wherein n is an integer >2. Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl, n-propylynyl, iso-propylynyl, n-butylynyl, secbutylynyl, iso-butylynyl and tert- butylynyl. When an alkynyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied. Where the alkynyl comprises a divalent hydrocarbon radical, this moiety may sometimes be referred to herein as an alkynylene. “Benzyl” as used herein refers to a -CH2Ph group. As used herein, a “substituted benzyl” refers to a benzyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the aromatic ring. When a benzyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
As used herein, “heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic ring having in one or more rings of the ring system at least one heteroatom selected from O, N and S (e.g. from one to five ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S). The one or more rings may also contain one or more double bonds provided that the one or more rings are not fully aromaticized. The one or more rings of the heterocycloalkyl may comprise 3 to 10 atoms, in some cases 3 to 8 atoms. The one or more rings may be aliphatic. The one or more rings may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the one or more rings may contain one or more double or triple bonds. Any N heteroatom present in the heterocycloalkyl group may be C1 to C6 alkyl-substituted. In some cases, the heterocycloalkyl is a monocyclic or bicyclic ring, such as a monocyclic ring. Representative examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, N-alkylpiperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxanyl, oxazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, diazaspiroundecane, diazaspiroheptane, azaspiroheptane, diazaspirodecane, octahydropyrrolopyrrole, etc. As used herein, “substituted heterocycloalkyl” refers to a heterocycloalkyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the heterocycloalkyl ring.
As used herein, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl) refers to a methylene moiety that comprises an aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl substituent and is the attachment point for the linker L.
As used herein, the term “heterocyclyl” refers to a monovalent radical derived from a heterocycle. A heterocycle is a cyclic compound (a compound comprising one or more rings of connected atoms) having as ring members atoms of at least two different elements (such as carbon and nitrogen).
As used herein, a “carbocyclic ring” is a ring containing 3 to 10 carbon atoms, in some cases 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or in some cases 5 to 6 carbon atoms. The ring may be aliphatic. Thus, as used herein, references to “carbocyclyl” and “substituted carbocyclyl” groups may refer to aliphatic carbocyclyl groups and aliphatic substituted carbocyclyl groups. The ring may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the ring may contain one or more double or triple bonds. Representative examples of carbocyclyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctynl etc. As used herein, “substituted carbocyclyl” refers to a carbocyclyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the carbocyclic ring. When a carbocyclyl group is substituted, any hydrogen atom(s) may be replaced with the substituent(s), providing valencies are satisfied.
As used herein, a “heterocyclic ring” (or heterocyclyl) may comprise at least 1 heteroatom selected from O, N and S. The heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, each ring comprising 3 to 10 atoms, in some cases 3 to 8 atoms. The one or more rings may be aliphatic. Thus, as used herein, references to “heterocyclyl” and “substituted heterocyclyl” groups may refer to aliphatic heterocyclyl groups and aliphatic substituted heterocyclyl groups. The one or more rings may be saturated or unsaturated, e.g. in some cases the one or more rings may contain one or more double or triple bonds. Any N heteroatom present in the heterocyclic group may be C1 to C6 alkyl-substituted. In some cases, the heterocyclyl is a monocyclic or bicyclic ring, such as a monocyclic ring. In other examples, the heterocyclyl may be a bicyclic ring, which may, in some cases be a fused ring. Representative examples of heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dithiolanyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, N-alkylpiperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxanyl, oxazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, diazaspiroundecane, diazaspiroheptane, azaspiroheptane, diazaspirodecane, octahydropyrrolopyrrole, pyrrolizidinyl, etc. As used herein, “substituted heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclyl group as defined herein which comprises one or more substituents on the heterocyclic ring.
As used herein, where a group comprising carbon atoms is defined as “saturated”, only single bonds bind the carbon atoms to one another. Where a group comprising carbon atoms is defined as “unsaturated”, at least two of the carbon atoms are connected by a double or triple bond. For the avoidance of doubt, unsaturated compounds may comprise any number of double and/or triple bonds.
“Cycloalkene” is used herein to refer to an unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon having one endocyclic double bond.
The term “spiro” is used to refer to moieties comprising two or more ring systems, wherein at least two of the ring systems are connected by just one atom (typically a quaternary carbon atom). “Monocyclic” is used herein to refer to moieties comprising one ring of atoms. “Bicyclic” is used herein to refer to moietes that feature two joined rings of atoms. “T ricyclic” is used herein to refer to moieties that feature three joined rings of atoms. “Polycyclic” is used herein to refer to moieties that comprise two or more joined rings. Unless the context indicates otherwise, bicyclic and polycyclic systems may comprise a fused ring system (in which at least two rings share a common bond). In other examples, the two or more rings may be joined by a bond between atoms on each of the two or more rings. In other examples, the bicyclic system may comprise a spiro centre (as defined above).
The term “bridged” is used herein to refer to a cyclic compound, or ring, comprising two bridgehead atoms (typically two carbon atoms of the cyclic compound or ring) that are connected by one or more atoms lying outside of the ring (such as one to three atoms lying outside of the ring). Bridged rings comprise two rings sharing three or more atoms. In some examples, the bridgehead atoms are separated within the ring by at least one carbon atom. In some examples, a ring may be bridged by between 1 and 3 bridging atoms which lie outside of the ring to form a bridging group (optionally wherein the bridging atoms are selected from C, N, O and S). As used herein, a “C1-3 bridge” is a bridging group comprising between 1 and 3 carbon bridging atoms. The bridging group may compirise one to three atoms lying outside of the ring, of which one, two or three of those atoms are carbon. In some cases, the bridging group may additionally comprise non-carbon atoms (such as a heteroatom selected from N, O and S). By way of example, as used herein, a “C1-3 bridge” may refer to a bridging group comprising between 1 and 3 atoms of which one, two or three are carbon and the remainder (if any) are selected from N, O and S. The bridging group may be a C1 to C3 alkylene (such as methylene, ethylene or propylene). The C1 to C3 alkylene bridging group may be optionally substituted with any suitable substituent as described herein. For example, C1 to C3 alkylene bridging group may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy.
The term “fused” is used to refer to moieties comprising two or more ring systems, wherein at least two of the ring systems are connected by a [1 ,2] ring junction, i.e. a moiety comprising two or more ring systems wherein two, or more, of the rings present share a bond in each respective ring structure. The term “aliphatic” refers to acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated compounds, excluding aromatic compounds, where “aromatic” defines a cyclically conjugated molecular entity with a stability (due to delocalisation) significantly greater than that of a hypothetical localised structure. The Huckel rule is often used in the art to assess aromatic character; monocyclic planar (or almost planar) systems of trigonally (or sometimes digonally) hybridised atoms that contain (4n+2) TT-electrons (where n is a non-negative integer) will exhibit aromatic character. The rule is generally limited to n = 0 to 5.
The term “hydrocarbyl” refers to a monovalent radical derived from a hydrocarbon by the removal of a hydrogen atom from the hydrocarbon. A hydrocarbon is any molecule comprising only the elements carbon and hydrogen. Hydrocarbons may be aliphatic, aromatic, unsaturated or saturated.
As used herein, an alkoxy refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy group, -O-. As used herein, a C1-4alkoxy refers to a C1-4 alkyl group (as defined above), appended to the parent molecular moiety through a oxy group, -O- . Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy etc.
As used herein, “alkoxyalkyl” may refer to a moiety derived from an alkyl moiety in which a hydrogen atom at any position of the alkyl is substituted with an alkoxy moiety. Examples of alkoxyalkyl groups include methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxymethyl and the like.
As used herein, the term "alkylcarbonyl" refers to carbonyl having alkyl mentioned above. Examples of alkylcarbonyl include C1- ealkylcarbonyl (-C(O)C1-6alkyl), such as methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n-propylcarbonyl, isopropylcarbonyl, n-butylcarbonyl, isobutylcarbonyl, tertbutylcarbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, isopentylcarbonyl, and hexylcarbonyl, with methylcarbonyl being preferable.
The term “alkylamino” is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an amino (NH2) moiety in which one or both hydrogen atom(s) of the amino is/are substituted with one or two alkyl moieties. Examples of alkylamino groups include dimethylamino, diethylamino and the like.
As used herein, the term "alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl" refers to aminoalkyl having alkylcarbonyl mentioned above. Examples of alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl include C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl, such as methylcarbonylaminomethyl and ethylcarbonylaminomethyl. As used herein, the term "alkylaminocarbonyl" refers to carbonyl having at least one alkylamino group. Examples of alkylaminocarbonyl include C1-6alkylamino-C1-6alkyl, such as methylaminocarbonyl, and ethylaminocarbonyl.
As used herein, the term "alkylaminoalkyl" refers to alkyl mentioned above having at least one alkylamino group mentioned above. Examples of alkylaminoalkyl include C1-6alkylamino-C1. ealkyl, such as methylaminomethyl, methylaminoethyl, ethylaminomethyl, and ethylaminopropyl.
The term “alkoxyalkylene” is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an alkylene moiety in which a hydrogen atom at any position of the alkylene is substituted with an alkoxy moiety. Examples of alkoxyalkylene groups include methoxyethylene, methoxymethylene and the like.
The term “haloalkylene” is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an alkylene moiety in which one or more hydrogen atom(s) at any position(s) of the alkylene is/are substituted with one or more halo moieties. Examples of haloalkylene groups include fluoroethylene, difluoromethoxymethylene, dichloroethylene and the like.
The term “hydroxyalkylene” is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an alkylene moiety in which a hydrogen atom at any position of the alkylene is substituted a hydroxy moiety. Examples of hydroxyalkylene groups include hydroxyethylene, hydroxymethylene and the like.
The term “cycloalkoxy” is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from a linear alkoxy moiety in which a bond forms between the oxygen atom of the OH moiety and the carbon atom at the end of the alkyl chain (by abstraction of the hydrogen atom of the OH moiety and a hydrogen atom at the end of the alkyl chain). Examples of cycloalkoxy groups include oxacyclohexanyl, oxacyclopentanyl and the like.
The term “carbocyclylamino” is used herein to refer to a moiety derived from an linear monohydrocarbylamino moiety in which a bond forms between the nitrogen atom of the NH moiety and the carbon atom at the end of the hydrocarbyl chain (by abstraction of the hydrogen atom of the NH moiety and a hydrogen atom at the end of the hydrocarbyl chain). Examples of carbocyclylamino groups include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl and the like.
As used herein, the term “substituted” means that the moiety comprises one or more substituents. As used herein, the “optionally substituted” means that the moiety may comprise one or more substituents. As used herein, a “substituent” may include, but is not limited to, hydroxy, thiol, carboxyl, cyano (CN), nitro (NO2), halo, haloalkyl (e.g. a C1 to C6 haloalkyl or a C1 to C4 haloalkyl), an alkyl group (e.g. C1 to C10 or C1 to C6), an alkenyl group (e.g. C2 to C6), an alkynyl group (e.g. C2 to C6), aryl (e.g. phenyl and substituted phenyl for example benzyl or benzoyl), morpholino, N- C1-6alkylenylmorpholine, alkoxy group (e.g. C1 to C6 alkoxy or C1 to C4 alkoxy), haloalkoxy (e.g. C1 to C4 haloalkoxy), aryloxy (e.g. phenoxy and substituted phenoxy), hydroxyalkynyl (e.g. C2 to C6). thioether (e.g. C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl thioether), alkylthio (e.g. C1 to C6alkylthio), cyanoalkyl (e.g. C1 to C6), oxo, keto (e.g. C1 to C6 keto), ester (e.g. C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl ester, which may be present as an oxyester or carbonylester on the substituted moiety), thioester (e.g. C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl thioester), alkylene ester (such that attachment is on the alkylene group, rather than at the ester function which is optionally substituted with a C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl group), amine (including monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, a five- or six-membered cyclic alkylene amine optionally substituted with one or more halo, further including a C1 to C6 alkyl amine or a C1 to C6 dialkyl amine which alkyl groups may be substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups, and also including alkylphenylamino or alkylphenyl(alkyl)amino groups), amido (including -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(alkyl) such as -C(O)NH(C1-4alkyl), -C(O)N(alkyl)2 such as -C(O)N(C1.4alkyl)2, -NHC(O)alkyl such as -NHC(O)C1-4alkyl, -NHC(O)(phenyl), - N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl) such as -N(C1-4alkyl)C(O)(C1-4alkyl), -N(alkyl)C(O)(phenyl) such as -N(C1. 4alkyl)C(O)(phenyl), N-C1-6alkylenylamino, amido (e.g. which may be substituted with one or two C1 to C6 alkyl groups (including a carboxamide which is optionally substituted with one or two C1 to C6 alkyl groups), aminoalkyl (e.g. C1 to C4 aminoalkyl), alkanol (e.g. C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C4 alkyl or aryl alkanol), or carboxylic acid (e.g. C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl carboxylic acid), sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfinimide, sulfonamide, and urethane (such as -O-C(O)-NR2 or-N(R)- C(O)-O-R, wherein each R in this context is independently selected from C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl), a heteroaryl, arylalkyl (such as an arylC1-4alkyl) , heteroarylalkyl (such as a heteroarylC1-4alkyl), -OC1-4alkylphenyl, -C(O)alkyl such as -C(O)(C1-4alkyl), -C(O)alkylphenyl such as C(O)(C1. 4alkylphenyl), -C(O)haloalkyl such as -C(O)(ci-4haloalkyl), -SC>2(alkyl) such as -SO2(C1-4alkyl), -SC>2(phenyl), -SO2haloalkyl such as OSC>2(C1-4haloalkyl), -SO2NH2, -SC>2NH(alkyl) such as - SO2NH(C1.4alkyl), -SO2NH(phenyl), -NHSO2(alkyl) such as -NHSO2(C1-4alkyl), - NHSC>2(phenyl), -NHSO2(haloalkyl) such as -NHSO2(C1-4haloalkyl), -S-C1-shaloalkyl, - CH2C(O)N(RC)2, -C3-4alkynyl(NRc)2, deuteroC^alkynyl, (C1-3alkoxy)haloC1-3alkyl-, C3- ecycloalkyl (wherein said Cs-ecycloalkyl is optionally substituted with halo or C1-salkyl), HC(O)- , -CC>2RC, or -CO2N(RC)2, wherein Rc is hydrogen or C1-salkyl.
In some examples, and unless the context indicates otherwise, a “substituent” may include, but is not limited to, halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkoxy, hydroxyl, oxo, amino (such as NR1’R2’), amido (such as -(C=O)NR1’R2’ or NR1’(C=O)CI-C6 alkyl), keto (such as -(C=O)C1-C6 alkyl), and ester (such as -O(C=O)C1-C6 alkyl or -(C=O)OC1-C6 alkyl); and wherein R1’ and R2’ are each independently selected from H and C1 to C6 alkyl.
In further examples, and unless the context indicates otherwise, a “substituent” may include, but is not limited to, halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy.
As used herein, a “halo” group may be F, Cl, Br, or I. In some examples, halo may be F.
As used herein, “haloalkyl” may be an alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom, e.g. a C1-C6 haloalkyl may be a C1 to C6 alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom. By way of a representative example, a C1-C6 haloalkyl may be a fluoroalkyl, such as trifluoromethyl (-CF3) or 1 ,1 -difluoroethyl (-CH2CHF2).
As used herein, a cyclohaloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom. By way of example, a “C3 to C7 cyclohaloalkyl” refers to a C3 to C7 cycloalkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom.
As used herein, a “C1-4 haloalkoxy” refers to a C1-4 alkoxy as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms thereon have been replaced with a halogen atom.
As used herein, the terms “aryl”, “substituted aryl”, “heteroaryl”, “substituted heteroaryl”, “cycloalkyl”, “C1 to C6 alkyl”, “heterocycloalkyl”, and “substituted heterocycloalkyl” may refer to either a monovalent radical species or a divalent radical species. For example, within the context of the various formulae for Z described herein, R1 is typically a monovalent group that is attached to the heterocyclic core of Z and so the terms aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkyl should be understood to represent a monovalent radical moiety. By way of further example, R2 for Z is typically a divalent group that is covalently attached to both the heterocyclic core of Z and also the linker. As such, in these examples, the terms aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl should be understood to represent divalent radical moiety.
It should be understood that throughout this specification, the terms “comprise”, “comprising” and/or “comprises” is/are used to denote that aspects, embodiments and examples of this disclosure “comprise” a particular feature or features. It should be understood that this/these terms may also encompass aspects, embodiments and/or examples which “consist essentially of’ or “consist of” the relevant feature or features.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present invention will now be described in detail with reference to the following nonlimiting examples.
List of Abbreviations: pL = Microliter pM = Micromolar
NMR = Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
ACN = acetonitrile
AcOH or HOAc = acetic acid
Boc = tert-butoxycarbonyl bs = broad singlet
°C = degrees Celsius d = doublet δ = chemical shift
DCM = Dichloromethane
DIPEA = N, N-Diisopropylethylamine, or Hunig's base
DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO = Dimethylsulfoxide dppf = 1 ,1 -Ferrocenediyl-bis(diphenylphosphine)
EtOAc = Ethyl acetate g or G = gram h or H = Hour(s)
HATU = 1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate
HPLC = high performance liquid chromatography
Hz = Hertz
J = coupling constant (given in Hz unless otherwise indicated)
LCMS = liquid chromatography mass spectrometry m = multiplet
M = Molar
M+H+ = parent mass spectrum peak plus H+ mg = Milligram min = minutes mL = Milliliter mM = Millimolar mmol = Millimole
MS = mass spectrum
MTBE = methyl tert-butyl ether nM = nanomolar q = quartet
RT or r.t. = room temperature t = triplet
TFA = trifluoroacetic acid
THF = tetra hydrofuran
TLC = thin layer chromatography
Chemistry - Materials and Methods
All chemicals, unless otherwise stated were commercially available and used without further purification. Solvents were anhydrous and reactions preformed under positive pressure of nitrogen or argon.
Flash column chromatography (FCC) was performed using a Teledyne Isco Combiflash Rf or Rf200i. Prepacked columns RediSep Rf Normal Phase Disposable Columns were used.
NMR data was acquired in Bruker Avance Neo nano bay 400 MHz NMR Spectrometer. Chemical Shifts are reported in ppm relative to dimethyl Sulfoxide (δ 2.50), methanol (δ 3.31), chloroform (δ7.26) or other solvent as indicated in NMR spectral data. A small amount (1-5 mg) of sample is dissolved in an appropriate deuterated solvent (0.6ml).
Preparative HPLC was performed on a Gilson Preparative HPLC System with a Waters X- Bridge C1 8 column (100 mm x 19 mm; 5 pm particle size) and a gradient of 5 % to 95 % acetonitrile in water over 10 min, flow 25 mL/min, with 0.1 % formic acid in the aqueous phase.
Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectra (LC-MS) were recorded using positive ion electron spray ionisation (ESI+) on an Agilent InfinityLab Single Quadrupole LC/MSD with a Waters XBridge® C1 8 3.5pm column (2.1 mm x 50mm) using H2O+MeCN (5-95%) + 0.1 % HCO2H or H2O+MeCN (20-95%) + 0.1% HCO2H as eluent, using a linear gradient over 3 minutes. Alternatively, a Shimadzu LC; Prominence-1 series instrument was used, with the following set up:
LCMS
Method-A: Column: X-Select CSH C1 8(3.0*50mm,2.5um), Mobile Phase A:0.05% FA in H2O Mobile Phase B :0.05%FA in ACN, Gradient %B: 0/2,0.3/2,2.0/98,2.8/98,3.0/2,3.7/2 Flow Rate:1.0ml/min
Method-B: Column: Bakerbond Q2100 C1 8 1.8um; 2.1x50mm Mobile Phase A :0.05% FA in Water Mobile Phase B : 0.05% FA in ACN Flow Rate:0.6 ml Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/5,0.2/5,2.3/98,3.3/98,3.8/5,4.5/5
Method-C: Column: X Select CSH C1 8 2.5um; 3.0x50mm Mobile Phase A :2.5 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate Water + 5 %ACN Mobile Phase B : ACN Flow Rate: 1.2 ml Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/0,1.5/100,2.4/100,2.6/0,3/0
Method-D: Column: X-Bridge BEH C1 8(3.0*50mm,2.5um), Mobile Phase A:0.05% FA in H2O:CAN (95:5), Mobile Phase B :0.05%FA in ACN, Gradient %B: 0/2,0.2/2,2.2/98,3/98,3.2/2,4/2 Flow Rate:1 ,2ml/min
Preparative purification method
Method : Column: Synergy (150*20mm);5pm Mobile Phase A :0.1 % FA in Water Mobile Phase B : 100% ACN Flow Rate: 18 ml/min Gradient: linear gradient.
PART A - Synthetic methods
Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods that may be used to provide the compounds of the present disclosure are shown below.
Overview of Synthetic pathway - Scheme 1
Figure imgf000137_0004
Figure imgf000137_0001
Overview of Synthetic pathway - Scheme 2
Figure imgf000137_0002
Overview of Synthetic pathway - Scheme 3
Figure imgf000137_0003
Overview of Synthetic pathway - Scheme 4
Figure imgf000138_0001
General Procedure 1A (see scheme 1)
Figure imgf000138_0002
To a stirred solution of TBL-Acid (1.1 equiv.) in DMF were added DIPEA (3 equiv.) and HATU (1.1 equiv.) at 0 °C and stirred for 10 min. To this reaction mixture was added Linker-Boc- amine (1.0 equiv.) dissolved in DMF at 0 °C and stirred for additional 24h at RT. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography using EtOAc/Hexane as eluents to afford the Linker-Boc-amine 1A.
Examples:
Examples made in accordance with a method similar to that described above (and illustrated in scheme 1 is shown below).
Figure imgf000138_0003
General Procedure 2A: (see scheme 1)
Figure imgf000139_0001
To a stirred solution of Linker-Boc-amine 1A (1 equiv.) in DCM was added HCI (4M in dioxane) (10.0 equiv.) slowly at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to get a crude solid, which was washed with MTBE and dried under vacuum, to afford Linker-amine.HCI 2A.
Examples:
Example made in accordance with a method similar to that described above (carried out on compound 1a and 1 b) (and illustrated in scheme 1 is shown below).
Figure imgf000139_0003
General Procedure 3A: (see scheme 3)
Figure imgf000139_0002
To a stirred solution of Linker-amine.HCI 2A (A2) (1 equiv.) in dichloromethane (DCM) at 0 °C were sequentially added Et3N (5.0 equiv.) and chloroacetyl chloride (3.0 equiv.). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 h. After completion, the reaction was quenched by addition of NH4CI (saturated aqueous solution) the mixture was extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography yielded TBL-L-alkyl chloride 3A .
General Procedure 4A: (see scheme 3)
Figure imgf000140_0001
To a stirred solution of TBL-L-alklyl chloride 3A (1 equiv.) in DMF at 0 °C were sequentially added Amino-Boc-amine (3 equiv.) and Potassium Carbonate (3 equiv.) and heated to 80 °C for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with LiCI (5% aqueous solution), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography yielded TBL-L-Boc amine 4A.
General Procedure 5A: (see, for example, scheme 2)
Figure imgf000140_0002
To a stirred solution of TBL-L-Acid (1.1 equiv.) in DMF was added DIPEA (4 equiv.) followed by HATLI (1.5 equiv.) in DMF. Resulting solution was stirred for 10 min before the addition of TBL-L-amine (1 equiv.) in DMF and stirred for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted by cold water and extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated to afford TBL-L-Boc amine 5A.
Examples:
Examples made in accordance with a method similar to that described above and illustrated in scheme 2 are shown below (carried out on compounds 2a and 2b with various commercially available carboxylic acids)
Figure imgf000140_0003
Figure imgf000141_0002
General Procedure 6A: (see for example, scheme 2)
Figure imgf000141_0001
To a solution of TBL-L-Boc amine 5A (1 equiv.) in DCM was added HCI solution (4M in 1 ,4- dioxane) (10 equiv.) slowly at 0 °C and then warmed reaction slowly to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, washed with MTBE and dried under vacuum to afford the crude TBL-L-amine.HCI 6A.The crude was used for the next step without further purification. Examples:
Figure imgf000142_0001
General Procedure 7A: (see, for example, scheme 2)
Figure imgf000143_0001
To a stirred solution of TBL-L-amine.HCI 6A (1 equiv.) in 1 ,4-dioxane was added DI PEA (3 equiv.) taken in 1 ,4-dioxane and 1-cyanoacetyl-3,5-dimethyl-1 H- pyrazole (2 equiv.) taken in 1 ,4-dioxane at room temperature and stirred at 80 °C for 6h. The crude obtained was dissolved in DCM and washed by H2O, the organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated to give Cyano-amide 7A as a crude product. The crude was used for the next step without further purification.
Examples:
Examples made in accordance with a method similar to that described above and illustrated in scheme 2 are shown below (carried out on compounds 6a to 6h).
Figure imgf000143_0002
Figure imgf000144_0001
To a stirred solution of Cyano-amide 7A (1 equiv.) in EtOH at room temperature was added piperidine (1.5 equiv.) diluted with ethanol, followed by an aldehyde (3 equiv,) taken in 0.5 mL of EtOH. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen. The solvent in the reaction mixture was removed under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography or mass directed prep HPLC to afford the Cyanoacrylamide 8A.
Examples:
Examples made in accordance with a method similar to that described above and illustrated in scheme 2 are shown below (carried out on compounds 7a to 7h).
Figure imgf000145_0001
Piperidine-Aminoacid Based Warheads
Further examples of bifunctional degraders comprising a piperidine- amino acid derivativebased moiety as Z are illustrated below. Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods that may be used to provide these compounds are shown below.
Overview of Synthetic Pathway - scheme 5
Figure imgf000146_0001
Overview of Synthetic Pathway - scheme 6
Figure imgf000146_0002
Synthesis of Piperidine-Amino acids (see scheme 5):
5-bromonicotinic acid is treated with the desired boronate or boronic acid X under Suzuki conditions ((PdCl2(dppf).DCM, K2CO3, in dioxane/water at 100 °C) in order to obtain the 5 substituted nicotinic acids, unless commercially available. Hydrogenation under (H2, tC>2 in HCI or HOAc) affords the substituted nipecotic acids. Acylation using 1 cyanoacetyl-3,5- dimethylpyrazole and DI PEA in dioxane or DMF affords the precursors for the Knoevenagel reaction, which can be carried on using aldehydes Y in ethanol at r.t. (or THF at 40 to 70 °C) using piperidine as catalyst.
Example 9a: 5-phenylnicotinic acid
Figure imgf000147_0001
To a stirred solution of 5-bromonicotinic acid (1.0 equiv., 2.0 g, 9.90 mmol), phenylboronic acid (1.2 equiv., 1.4 g, 11.88 mmol) in Dioxane (20 ml) H2O (4.0 ml) was added K2CO3 (2.0 equiv., 2.7 g, 19.80 mmol). After addition the reaction mixture was degassed with N2 gas for 20 min and then added catalyst Pd(dppf)Cl2 ■ CH2CI2 (0.1 equiv., 0.80 g, 0.990 mmol) at RT and then stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed and washed with EtOAc and water. The filtrate was concentrated completely and added ice cold water was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1.5 N HCI at 0 °C and stirred for 30 min until precipitation was observed. The precipitate was filtered off and washed with water and dried thoroughly to afford 5-phenylnicotinic acid (1.10 g, 5.41 mmol, 54.7 % yield) as an off white solid, m/z = 200.1 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 13.57 (bs, 1 H), 9.09 (dd, J = 2.00, 18.60 Hz, 2H), 8.45 (t, J = 2.40 Hz, 1 H), 7.81-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 3H).
Additional examples:
Additional examples made in accordance with a method similar to that described above and illustrated in scheme 5 are shown below.
Figure imgf000147_0002
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0002
Example 10a: 5-phenylpiperidine-3-carboxylic acid (see, for example, scheme 5)
Figure imgf000149_0001
To a stirred solution of 5-phenylnicotinic acid (1.0 equiv., 0.500 g, 2.510 mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml) was added Platinum(IV) oxide (0.4 equiv., 0.285 g, 1.255 mmol) at room temperature and stirred under hydrogen gas bladder pressure for 48 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS. Reaction mass was filtered through celite bed and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography in 0.1% formic acid: acetonitrile to give 5- phenylpiperidine-3-carboxylic acid (0.500 g, 1.949 mmol, 99 % yield) as gummy colourless compound, m/z = 206.2 [M+H]+; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 11.37 (bs, 1 H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 5H), 3.17-2.79 (m, 5H), 2.70-2.62 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.66 (m, 2H).
Additional examples:
Additional examples made in accordance with a method similar to that described above and illustrated in step ii, scheme 5 are shown below.
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0002
N.B. 3-piperidine carboxylic acid is commercially available and, for example, can be obtained from Sigma-Aldrich. Compounds 10a to 10k and 3-piperidine carboxylic acid are then reacted with DI PEA and 1- cyanoacetyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole (as illustrated in step iii, scheme 5).
The resulting compounds are then reacted with the aldehydes shown below (as illustrated in step iv, scheme 5).
Figure imgf000151_0001
Synthesis of the final bifunctional degraders is illustrated in scheme 6
Piperidine-acrylamide acids and amine-linker functionalised target protein binding ligand are dissolved in DMF and treated with HATU and DI PEA at room temperature to afford the bifunctional compounds.
Example compounds that are made in accordance with the method illustrated in scheme 6 are shown below.
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Piperidine-pyrrolidine-based warheads Further examples of bifunctional degraders comprising a piperidine-pyrrolidine-based moiety as Z are illustrated below.
Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods that may be used to provide these compounds are shown below. Overview of synthetic pathway - scheme 7
HCI
Step iii
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000161_0002
Overview of synthetic pathway - scheme 8
Figure imgf000162_0002
Synthesis from commercially available mono-Boc diamines (scheme 7)
Commercially available mono-/V-Boc protected diamines are alkylated (ethyl bromoacetate, K2CO3 in DMF or MeCN). Hydrolysis of the ester group (LiOH in THF/H2O) affords the carboxylic acid. Deprotection of the N-Boc amine (HCI in DCM/dioxane) delivers the free amino acid. Acylation using 1 cyanoacetyl-3,5-dimethylpyrazole and DI PEA in dioxane or DMF affords the precursors X for the Knoevenagel reaction, which can be carried on using aldehydes Y shown below in ethanol at r.t. (or THF at 40 to 70 °C) using piperidine as catalyst. Precursors X and aldehydes Y to be used in the Knoevenagel reaction (step v, Scheme 7) are
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000163_0002
Examples of bifunctional compounds: Synthesis of the final bifunctional degraders is illustrated in scheme 8.
Cyanoacrylamide acids and amine-linker functionalised target protein binding ligand are dissolved in DMF and treated with HATLI and DI PEA at room temperature to afford the bifunctional compounds. Example compounds that are made in accordance with the method illustrated in scheme 8 are shown below.
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Pyrrolidine-based warheads Further examples of bifunctional degraders comprising a pyrrolidine-based moiety as Z are illustrated below.
Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods that may be used to provide these compounds are shown below.
Overview of synthetic pathway - scheme 9
Figure imgf000167_0001
Overview of synthetic pathway - scheme 10
Figure imgf000167_0002
Synthesis from commercially available acrylate esters (scheme 9):
Acrylate esters are treated with /V-benzyl-1-methoxy-/V-((trimethylsilyl)methyl)methanamine and TFA in toluene to afford the trans-3,4-disubstituted /V-benzyl-pyrrolidines. Cleavage of the benzyl group (H2, Pd(OH)2/C in ethanol or methanol) affords the free pyrrolidine analogues. Hydrolysis of the ester group (LiOH in THF/H2O) affords the free amino acids. Acylation using 1 cyanoacetyl-3,5-dimethylpyrazole and DI PEA in dioxane or DMF affords the precursors X for the Knoevenagel reaction, which can be carried on using aldehydes Y shown below in ethanol at r.t. (or THF at 40 to 70 °C) using piperidine as catalyst.
Precursors X and aldehydes Y to be used in the Knoevenagel reaction (step v, Scheme 9) are shown below.
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0002
Figure imgf000169_0003
Example 11a Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (see step i, scheme 9)
Figure imgf000169_0001
To a stirred solution of ethyl (E)-but-2-enoate (1.154 g, 10.11 mmol) in toluene (20 ml) was added N-benzyl-1-methoxy-N-((trimethylsilyl)methyl)methanamine (3.00 g, 12.64 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min and then a 1 M solution of TFA in DCM (0.097 ml, 1.264 mmol) was added slowly at 0 °C under inert atmosphere. Reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 °C and then stirred at RT for 12 h. The progress of the reaction mixture was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was quenched with H2O, extracted with CHC13, and the organic extracts were dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated to dryness, and the oily residue was subjected to column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes: ether = 6 : I) to give ethyl 1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (2.6 g, yield 84%) as clear oil. LCMS: m/z= [M+H]+ 248.2; 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.32-7.28 (m, 5H), 4.16 (q, J = 1 .60 Hz, 2H), 3.74-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.86 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.32 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H).
Example 12a: Ethyl -4-methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (see step ii, scheme 9)
Figure imgf000170_0001
To a stirred solution of ethyl 1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (1.5 g, 6.06 mmol) in Ethanol (15.00 ml) was added palladium hydroxide on carbon (0.2 g, 1.424 mmol) and the reaction mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen gas. The reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen bladder pressure at room temperature for 48 h. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC. The suspension was filtered over a celite pad and washed with ethanol. The collected filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford ethyl 4- methylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (0.81 g, Yield- 85%) as a brown oil. LCMS: m/z = 158.2 [M+H]+ ; 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 4.05 (q, J = 1.20 Hz, 2H), 3.06-2.97 (m, 3H), 2.90- 2.86 (m, 1 H), 2.52-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 1 H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H).
Examples of bifunctional compounds:
Synthesis of the final bifunctional degraders is illustrated in scheme 10.
Cyanoacrylamide acids and amine-linker functionalised target protein binding ligand are dissolved in DMF and treated with HATU and DI PEA at room temperature to afford the bifunctional compounds.
Example compounds that are made in accordance with the method illustrated in scheme 10 are shown below.
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0002
Further Synthetic Methods - ER degraders
Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods and general procedures that may be used to provide the compounds of the present disclosure are shown below.
Amide coupling - General procedure 1
Figure imgf000176_0001
To a stirring solution of carboxylic acid (I) (1.0 equiv.) in DMF (5 vol) was added DIPEA (2.5- 3 equiv.) and HATLI (1 .2-1.5 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, then relevant amine (1.2 - 1.5 equiv.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the corresponding amide (II).
Scheme for synthesis of Intermediate 1
Figure imgf000177_0001
Synthesis of 6-(tert-butoxy)-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1):
To a stirring solution of 6-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (SM) (1 g, 6.17 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) were added terf-butyl 2,2,2-trichloro ethanimidate (1.34 g, 6.17 mmol) and PPTS (0.15 g, 0.62 mmol) portion wise for every 6 h (5 times) at 10 °C and stirred at RT for 3 days. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NaHCOs and extracted with DCM. Combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 10% petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate to afford lnt-1 (0.35 g, 26%) as pale yellow liquid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 = 7.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 2.90 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 1 .60 (s, 9H)
Synthesis of 6-(tert-butoxy)-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (2):
To a stirring solution of lnt-1 (1 g, 4.58 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added PhN(Tf)2 (1.63 g, 4.58 mmol) followed by an addition of LDA (5 mL, 1 M) at -70 °C and stirred for 1 h. The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 20 °C and stirred for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4CI, extracted with Ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 15% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-2 (0.65 g, 40%) as an off white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 = 6.87 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.80 (s, 1 H), 5.91 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.82 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.54 - 2.44 (m, 2H), 1 .58 (s, 1 H), 1 .37 (s, 9H)
Synthesis of 4-(6-(tert-butoxy)-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (3):
To a stirring solution of lnt-2 (4.8 g, 13.714 mmol) in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (60 mL) and water (20 mL) was added (4-hydroxyphenyl)boronic acid Compound A (1.89 g, 13.714 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (3.78 g, 27.42 mmol) under Argon atmosphere, de-gassed the reaction mixture for 10 min and added Pd(dppf)Cl2.DCM (1.11 g, 1.37 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 100 °C and stirred for 10 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SCU, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-3 (2.0 g, 50%) as a brown solid.
LC-MS: 60.22%; 293.1 (M-H)+; Column: X-Bridge BEH C1 8, (50mm*3.0mm,2.5|j) Mobile Phase A:2.5mM Ammonium Bicarbonate in Water+5% ACN Mobile Phase B: 100%ACN Flow rate: 1.2mL/min. Gradient Program (B%) :0.0/0, 1.4/100, 2.4/100, 2.6/0, 3.0/0
Synthesis of 4-(2-bromo-6-(tert-butoxy)-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (4):
To a stirring solution of lnt-3 (2 g, 6.80 mmol) in CH3CN (20 mL) was added NBS (1.0 g, 6.12 mmol) in portion wise. The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 20 °C and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LC-MS; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 15% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-4 (2.5 g, 99%) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) 6 = 7.13 - 7.11 (m, 1 H), 7.10 - 7.09 (m, 1 H), 6.90 - 6.89 (m, 1 H), 6.88 - 6.87 (m, 1 H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.66 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.63 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.56 (s, 1 H), 4.87 (s, 1 H), 2.97 - 2.93 (m, 3H), 1 .34 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 51.07%; 317.17 (M-56+H)+; Column: X Select CSH C1 8 2.5um; 3.0x50mm Mobile Phase A :0.05% FA in Water + 5%ACN Mobile Phase B : 0.05% FA in ACN Flow Rate: 1 .2 mL Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/2,1.5/98,2.2/98,2.5/2,3/2
Synthesis of 4-(6-(tert-butoxy)-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (5):
To a stirring solution of lnt-4 (6.0 g, 16.085 mmol) in a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane (90 mL) and water (30 mL) was added phenyl boronic acid compound B (1.96 g, 16.085 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (4.37 g, 32.171 mmol) under Argon atmosphere, de-gassed the reaction mixture for 10 min and added Pd(dppf)ChDCM (1.31 g, 1.608 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 100 °C and stirred for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-5 (4.5 g, 75%) as a brown solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 = 7.11 - 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.09 (q, J = 1.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.06 - 7.05 (m,
1 H), 7.05 - 7.03 (m, 1 H), 7.03 - 7.01 (m, 1 H), 7.01 - 6.99 (m, 1 H), 6.94 - 6.92 (m, 1 H), 6.92 -
6.90 (m, 1 H), 6.83 (dd, J = 0.8, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.70 - 6.68 (m, 3H), 6.67 - 6.66 (m, 1 H), 2.95 -
2.89 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 1 H), 2.78 - 2.76 (m, 1 H), 1.36 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 61.13%; 315.16 (M-56+H)+; Column: X Select CSH C1 8 2.5um; 3.0x50mm Mobile Phase A :0.05% FA in Water + 5%ACN Mobile Phase B : 0.05% FA in ACN Flow Rate: 1 .2 mL Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/2,1.5/98,2.2/98,2.5/2,3/2
Synthesis of 4-(6-(tert-butoxy)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (6): To a stirring solution of lnt-5 (2.0 g, 5.40 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (400 mg) under Argon atmosphere, de-gassed the reaction mixture and stirred under H2 gas atmosphere at 60 °C for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite-pad, washed with MeOH and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-6 (1.5 g, 74%) as an off-white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 = 8.98 (s, 1 H), 7.19 - 7.08 (m, 3H), 6.83 (d, = 8.3 Hz, 3H), 6.76 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.68 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.36 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.16 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.10 - 2.90 (m, 3H), 2.12 (dd, J = 6.1 , 12.3 Hz, 1 H), 1.72 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.29 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 96.58%; 371.2 (M-H)’; Column: X-select CSH C1 8(3.0*50mm),2.5um Mobile Phase A:2.5mM Ammonium Bicarbonate in 950mL Water + 50mL ACN Mobile Phase B : 100% ACN, Gradient %B:0.01/5, 3.2/98, 4.0/98, 4.2/5, 5/5 Flow Rate: 1.0 mL/min
Synthesis of 4-((1 R,2S)-6-(tert-butoxy)-2-phenyl-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1 - yl)phenol (Intermediate 1) and 4-((1S,2R)-6-(tert-butoxy)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (7A):
The above product lnt-6 was purified by Chiral-SFC to afford Fraction-1 (7A) and Fraction-2 (Intermediate 1). Fraction-1 (7A)-Data :
1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 9.00 (s, 1 H), 7.18 - 7.10 (m, 3H), 6.85 - 6.79 (m, 3H), 6.78 - 6.73 (m, 1 H), 6.71 - 6.64 (m, 1 H), 6.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.31 - 3.26 (m, 1 H), 3.09 - 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.17 - 2.06 (m, 1 H), 1.74 - 1.69 (m, 1 H), 1.29 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 94.86%; 371.1 (M-H)’; X-Bridge BEH C1 8, (50mm*3.0mm,2.5|j) Mobile Phase A:2.5mM Ammonium Bicarbonate in Water+5% ACN Mobile Phase B: 100%ACN Flow rate: 1.2mL/min. Column temperature: 50°C Gradient Program (B%) .0.0/0, 1.4/100, 2.4/100, 2.6/0, 3.0/0
[O]D = +376.15 (C = 0.5 w/v% in ethyl acetate, 25 °C)
Fraction-2 (Intermediate 1)-Data:
1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 9.00 (s, 1 H), 7.20 - 7.07 (m, 3H), 6.86 - 6.79 (m, 3H), 6.78 - 6.73 (m, 1 H), 6.71 - 6.64 (m, 1 H), 6.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.31 - 2.27 (m, 1 H), 3.09 - 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.17 - 2.06 (m, 1 H), 1.74 - 1.69 (m, 1 H), 1.29 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 99.40%; 371.1 (M-H)-; X-Bridge BEH C1 8, (50mm*3.0mm,2.5p) Mobile Phase A:2.5mM Ammonium Bicarbonate in Water+5% ACN Mobile Phase B: 100%ACN Flow rate: 1.2mL/min. Column temperature: 50°C Gradient Program (B%) .0.0/0, 1.4/100, 2.4/100, 2.6/0, 3.0/0
[α]D = -369.42 (C = 0.5 w/v% in ethyl acetate, 25 °C)
Figure imgf000180_0001
yl)phenyl 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonate (lnt-8):
To a stirring solution of Intermediate 1 (0.5 g, 1.34 mmol) in a mixture of solvents THF and ACN ( 5 mL, 1 :1) were added K2CO3 (0.55 g, 4.02 mmol), perfluorobutane sulfonyl fluoride (0.81 g, 2.68 mmol) at room temperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by combiflash column chromatography, eluted with 30% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-8 (0.25 g, 28%) as colorless oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 = 7.14 - 7.07 (m, 4H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.59 - 6.51 (m, 3H), 3.43 (dd, J = 4.2, 12.5 Hz, 3H), 3.13 - 2.94 (m, 4H), 1.30 (s, 9H)
Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-((1-(4-((1 R,2S)-6-(tert-butoxy)-2-phenyl-1, 2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)piperazine-1 -carboxylate (9):
To a stirring solution of lnt-8 (0.35 g, 0.579 mmol) in Toluene (8 mL) was added tert-butyl 4- (piperidin-4-ylmethyl)piperazine-1 -carboxylate (0.245 g, 0.869 mmol) followed by NaOt-Bu (0.166 g, 1.738 mmol) under Argon atmosphere, de-gassed the reaction mixture for 10 min and added Pd(OAc)2 (0.019 g, 0.0869 mmol) and X-Phos (0.055 g, 0.115 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 90 °C and stirred for 18 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give crude compound. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 15% ethyl acetate/ heptane to afford lnt-9 (0.15 g, 40%) as a brown solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 = 7.18 - 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.87 - 6.79 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.26 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 5.30 (s, 3H), 4.22 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 3H), 3.58 - 3.48 (m, 3H), 3.41 (br s, 3H), 3.04 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 4H), 2.60 - 2.51 (m, 3H), 2.34 (br s, 3H), 2.19 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.81 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.36 (s, 9H)
Synthesis of (5R,6S)-6-phenyl-5-(4-(4-(piperazin-1-ylmethyl)piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol (Intermediate 2):
To a stirring solution of lnt-9 (0.25 g, 0.391 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 2 M H2SO4 (10 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 70 °C and stirred for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, neutralized with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with 10% MeOH in DCM, washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure give to afford Intermediate 2 (0.15 g, 79%) as an off-white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 = 9.09 (s, 1 H), 7.18 - 7.04 (m, 4H), 6.93 (s, 1 H), 6.83 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.66 - 6.57 (m, 2H), 6.55 - 6.45 (m, 3H), 6.19 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.15 - 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.74 - 3.67 (m, 1 H), 3.65 - 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.49 (d, J = 11.4 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.98 - 2.83 (m, 4H), 2.66 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.40 - 2.21 (m, 4H), 2.17 - 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.70 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H)
Synthesis of Intermediate W-1
Figure imgf000182_0002
Synthesis of (E)-2-cyano-4,4-dimethyl-pent-2-enoic acid
To a stirred solution of 2-cyanoacetic acid (SM) (6 g, 69.76 mmol) in methanol (60 mL) was added piperidine (6.51 g, 76.6 mmol) and pivaldehyde (11.86 g, 139 mmol) at RT. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with DCM. Aqueous layer was then acidified with 2 M HCI to pH - 2 and extracted with DCM. Organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford Intermediate W-1 (1.5g, crude) as off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ = 7.72 (s, 1 H), 1.34 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 154.3 [M+H]+; 94.11% at RT = 1.21 min Method Details: Formic Acid (AMC-LCMS- 15) Column: X Select CSH C1 82.5um; 3.0x50mm Mobile Phase A :0.05% FA in Water + 5%ACN Mobile Phase B : 0.05% FA in ACN Flow Rate:1.2 mL Oven Temperature: 50 °C Gradient Program (Time/B%): 0/2,1.5/98,2.2/98,2.5/2,3/2.
Figure imgf000182_0001
Intermediate A was coupled to Intermediate B via the method described in the General Procedure listed. Further Synthetic Methods - AR degraders
Overviews of various exemplary synthetic methods and general procedures that may be used to provide the compounds of the present disclosure are shown below.
Amide coupling - General procedure 1
Figure imgf000183_0002
To a stirring solution of carboxylic acid (I) (1.0 equiv.) in DMF (5 vol) was added DIPEA (2.5- 3 equiv.) and HATLI (1.2-1.5 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, then relevant amine (1.2 - 1.5 equiv.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the corresponding amide (II).
Figure imgf000183_0001
Synthesis of ethyl 1-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (1)
To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-fluorobenzoate (SM-1) (3 g, 15.29 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added K2CO3 (4.23 g, 30.58 mmol) and ethyl piperidine-4-carboxylate (SM-2) (2.4 g, 15.29 mmol) at RT. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water (50 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 ml) and washed with brine solution. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the residue. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel) using 50% EtOAc in heptane to obtain 1 (0.9 g, 17.6%) as a white solid.
LC-MS: 95.4 % 334.4, RT-2.43 min [M+H]+; Column: X-Select CSH C1 8, (50mm*3.0mm,2.5p) Mobile Phase A: 0.05% TFA in Water Mobile Phase B: 0.05% TFA in Acetonitrile Flow rate: 1.0mL/min. Column temperature: 40°C Gradient Program (B%) :0.0/2, 0.3/2,2.0/98, 3/98, 3.2/2, 4.0/2
Synthesis of 4-(4-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (2)
To a stirred solution of 1 (0.9 g, 2.70 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL, 16.2 mmol) drop wise at 0 °C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was distilled off to remove solvent. The crude obtained was triturated with diethyl ether (2 x 5 mL) to afford 2 (0.7 g, 93%) as an off white solid.
LC-MS: 97 % 278, RT-2.13 min [M+H]+; Column: Xselect CSH-C1 8(3.0X50mm, 2.5pm) Mobile Phase: A: 0.05% FA in water, Mobile Phase :B:0.05% FA in ACN T/B%:0/2,0.3/2,2.0/98,3.0/98,3.2/2,4.0/2 Flow rate: 1.0ml/min(Gradient), Column Oven Temp: 40 °C
Synthesis of ethyl 1-(4-(((1r,3r)-3-(3-chloro-4-cyanophenoxy)-2, 2,4,4- tetramethylcyclobutyl) carbamoyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylate (3)
To a stirred solution of 2 (0.5 g, 1.80 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added HATU (0.82 g, 2.16 mmol), 1 (0.60 g, 2.16 mmol) and DI PEA (1.57 mL, 9 mmol) successively at 0 °C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (10 mL), the resulting precipitate was filtered-off, washed with cold water, and dried under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel) using 50% EtOAc in heptane to obtain 3 (0.8 g, 82.6%) as white solid.
LC-MS: 99.3% 537.8, RT-2.53 min [M+H]+; Column: Xselect CSH-C1 8(3.0X50mm, 2.5pm) Mobile Phase: A: 0.05% FA in water, Mobile Phase :B:0.05% FA in ACN T/B%:0/2, 0.3/2, 2.0/98, 2.8/98, 3.0/2, 3.7/2 Flow rate:1 .Oml/min (Gradient), Column Oven Temp:40°c
Synthesis of 1 -(4-(((1 r,3r)-3-(3-chloro-4-cyanophenoxy)-2, 2,4,4- tetramethylcyclobutyl)carbamoyl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 12):
To a stirred solution of 3 (0.8 g, 1.48 mmol) in EtOH:H2O (5:1 , 5 mL) was added LiOH (0.18 g, 7.44 mmol) at RT. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was distilled off to remove EtOH. Then, the residue obtained was diluted with cold water (3 mL) and acidified with 1 N HCI (pH 2-3), the resulting precipitate was filtered-off .washed with cold water, and dried under vacuum to afford Intermediate 3 (0.5 g, 65%) as white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 12.21 (br s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 - 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.03 - 6.85 (m, 3H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.79 (br d, J = 13.0 Hz, 2H), 2.97 - 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.47 - 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.67 - 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.34 - 1.19 (m, 6H), 1.16 - 1.00 (m, 6H)
LC-MS: 98.7% 510.33 [M+H]+; Column: X-Select CSH C18(3.0*50mm,2.5um), Mobile Phase A:0.05% FA in H2O:ACN (95:5), Mobile Phase B :0.05%FA in ACN, Gradient %B: 0/2, 0.3/2, 2.0/98, 2.8/98, 3.0/2, 3.7/2 Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min.
HPLC: 97.7%, RT-5.92; Column: X-Select CSH C18(3.0*50mm,2.5um), Mobile Phase A:0.05% FA in H2O:ACN(95:5), Mobile Phase B :0.05%FA in ACN, Gradient %B: 0/2, 0.3/2, 2.0/98, 2.8/98, 3.0/2, 3.7/2 Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min
Synthesis of Intermdiate W-2
Figure imgf000185_0001
Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-[(E)-2-cyano-4,4-dimethyl-pent-2-enoyl]piperazine-1- carboxylate- (1)
To a stirred solution of Intermediate W-1 (1 g, 6.530 mmol) and Boc-Piperazine (851 mg, 4.570 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was added HATLI (3.70 g, 9.75 mmol). Reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and DIPEA (2.11 ml, 16.5 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 8 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with cold water (100 ml) and extracted the compound with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography to afford 1 (800 mg, 40%) as an off white solid. LC-MS: 222.1 [M-Boc+H]+; 82.06% at RT = 1.36 min Method Conditions: Column:Xselect CSH-C1 8(3.0X50mm, 2.5μm) Mobile Phase: A: 0.05% FA in Water+5% ACN, B: 0.05% FA in ACN
Synthesis of (E)-2-cyano-4,4-dimethyl-N-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]pent-2-enamide (Intermediate W-2)
To a stirred solution of 1 in DCM (4 ml) was added TFA (8 ml, 104.4 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC; after completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Semi solid mass obtained was triturated with diethyl ether and dried under reduced pressure to afford Intermediate W-2 (476 mg, crude) as brown semi solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 = 3.75 - 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.17 - 3.13 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 1H), 1.22 (s, 9H)
LC-MS: 222.3 [M+H]+; 68.22% at RT = 1.158 min Column:Xselect CSH- C1 8(3.0X50mm,2.5pm) Mobile Phase: A: 0.05% FA in water, MobilePhase :B:0.05% FA in ACN T/B%:0./2, 0.3/2, 2.0/98, 3.0/98, 3.2/2, 3.5/2 Flow rate:1.0ml/min(Gradient) .Column Oven Temp:40°C.
Figure imgf000186_0001
Intermediate A was coupled to Intermediate B via the method described in the General Procedure listed.
PART B - Biological Data
The bifunctional compounds were assayed to investigate their ability to degrade target proteins in accordance with the following general procedures.
Assay Protocol (ER)
ER degradation: MCF-7 cells were seeded at 5000 cells/well (45 pL) in sterile 384 well Phenoplates (Perkin Elmer 6057302) and incubated overnight at 37°C with 5% CO2. The next day, compounds were prepared at 1000x final concentration in DMSO and diluted 1 :100 in media (Phenol red- free DMEM PAN Biotech P04-03591 + 10% Charcoal stripped FBS Life Technologies 12676- 029). 5 pL compound was added to each well of the cell plate and incubated for 24 h at 37°C with 5% CO2. Cells were fixed by adding 15 pL 16% paraformaldehyde (Thermo 28908) to every well and incubated at RT for 30 min. Well contents were aspirated using plate washer and 50 pL PBS containing 0.5% BSA and 0.5% Triton X-100 (antibody dilution buffer) was added to each well. Plate was incubated at RT for 30 min. Well contents were aspirated, and plate washed 3 times with 70 pL PBS. Immunofluorescence staining of ER was carried out using anti-ESR1 mAb (F10) (Santa Cruz sc-8002). Antibody was diluted 1 :1000 in antibody dilution buffer and 25 pL added to every well, plate was then incubated overnight at 4°C. The next day, plate was washed 3 times with 70 pL PBS and secondary antibody solution was prepared by diluting Alexafluor 488 conjugate anti-mouse IgG (Life Technologies A2102) and 1 mg/mL Hoechst 33342 (Abeam ab228551) 1 :1000 in antibody dilution buffer. 25 pL was added to every well and plate incubated for 2 h in the dark at RT. Plate was washed 3 times with 70 pL PBS and the final PBS dispensed was left in the plate. Quantitative fluorescence imaging was carried out on the Operetta (Perkin Elmer) using the Hoechst channel to define the nuclei and the Alexafluor 488 channel to measure ER signal. ER intensity per nuclei was calculated on the Harmony software and data was imported into Dotmatics software for analysis. DMSO and 1 pM Fulvestrant were used to define 0% ER degradation and 100% ER degradation respectively.
ER degradation results
The degradation of ER was detected according to the procedure outlined in the Assay Protocol for a number of exemplary bifunctional molecules. The results are shown in Table 2 below.
Table 2: data showing ER degradation efficiency of an exemplary compound:
Figure imgf000187_0001
DC50 key: +++ = <10 nM, ++ = >10 nM and < 25 nM, + = >25 nM and < 100 nM.
Dmax key: + = >50% and <65%, ++ = >65 and <80%, +++ = >80% Assay Protocol (AR)
VCaP Assay
VCaP cells were seeded at 50000 cells into 96 well microplates in a final volume of 150ml (Corning CellBind #3300) and incubated. Compounds were prepared at 1000x final concentration in DMSO and diluted 1 :100 in media (DM EM, 8% FBS, 1% Pen/Strep - Life Technologies). 20ml of diluted compound was transferred to the cell plate with DMSO (final concentration 0.10%) and Staurosporin (10mM) controls added manually and the plate incubated for 24 h at 37°C with 5% CO2.
Plates were removed from the incubator and the viability assessed using imaging on the Incucyte S3. Media was aspirated from all wells carefully and 120ml of Cell Lysis Buffer (Cell Signalling Technologies #9803) added before shaking for one hour at 4°C at 350rpm. 20ml of cell lysates were transferred to AR PathScan Total Androgen Receptor ELISA kit (Cell Signalling Technologies #12850), with sample buffer pipetted into negative control wells to support data analysis, additional sample buffer was added to lysate wells to give a total volume of 100ml. Plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4°C. The following day, plates were removed and allowed to reach room temperature, well contents were aspirated and the plate washed with PBS before the addition of 100ml of detection antibody from the ELISA kit (Cell Signalling Technologies #12850), plates were sealed and incubated at 37°C for one hour. Plates were washed with PBS and 100ml of HRP secondary antibody (Cell Signalling T echnologies #12850) added to all wells, before incubation of the plate at 37°C for 30 minutes.
Well contents were aspirated and washed with PBS, before addition of 100ml of TMB substrate, followed by room temperature incubation for 10 minutes. Stop solution was added to each well, and the plate transferred to a Pherastar FSX plate reader where absorbance per well was measured. Percentage AR levels were calculated compared to DMSO control wells and data uploaded to Dotmatics for curve generation and DC50 and Dmax calculations.
AR degradation results
The degradation of AR was detected according to the procedure outlined in the Assay Protocol for a number of exemplary bifunctional molecules. The results are shown in Table 2 below. Table 3: data showing AR degradation efficiency of exemplary compound.
Figure imgf000190_0001
Key:
DC50 key: +++ = <300 nM, ++ = >300 nM and < 500 nM, + = >500 nM. Dmax key: + = >50% and <65%, ++ = >65 and <80%, +++ = >80%
Although the present invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, the descriptions and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The disclosures of all patent and scientific literature cited herein are expressly incorporated herein in their entirety by reference.

Claims

1. A bifunctional molecule comprising the general formula:
TBL - L - Z wherein TBL is a target protein binding ligand selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor binding ligand; and (ii) androgen receptor binding ligand;
L is a linker; and
Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zl):
Figure imgf000191_0001
wherein: ring A2 is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl or an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1-6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and further wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000191_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The bifunctional molecule of claim 1, wherein ring A2 is an optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- or 8-membered bridged bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
3. The bifunctional molecule of claim 2, wherein the optionally substituted 7- to 12- membered spirocyclic bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl comprises a first 5- to 7-membered ring and a second 3- to 7-membered ring.
4. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zla):
Figure imgf000192_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge, optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1-6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S;
X1 is CH2;
X2, X3 and X4 are each independently CH2, O or NRX; Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, or wherein one R1 group and one Rx group combine to form a C1-3 bridge; n is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
5. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlb):
Figure imgf000193_0001
wherein:
R1 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge, optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl or the 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl are joined to ring A at a spiro centre;
R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, substituted alkylcycloalkyl, alkyl heterocycloalkyl, substituted alkylheterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, alkyl aryl, substituted alkylaryl, alkyl heteroaryl, substituted alkylheteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1-6 alkyl is substituted with one or more heteroatoms selected from halo, N, O and S;
X1 and X4 are each CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2, O or NRX; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O;
Rx is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; or wherein one R1 group and one Rx group combine to form a C1-3 bridge; n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
6. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zll):
Figure imgf000194_0001
wherein R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
X5 is CRb2, NRb, O or a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl; each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C1-3 bridge or optionally substituted C3-5cycloalkyl (optionally wherein the C3-5cycloalkyl is joined to the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zll) at a spiro centre);
Rb is H or optionally substituted C1-salkyl; n1 is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
7. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Zlla) to (Zlle):
Figure imgf000195_0001
wherein R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl, and/or wherein two R1 groups combine to form an optionally substituted C6-scycloalkyl, optionally wherein the C6-scycloalkyl is joined to the heterocyclic ring shown in formula (Zlla) at a spiro centre;
X5 is C(Rb)2, NRb or O;
Rb is H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl; n1 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
8. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (ZlVa) to (ZlVj):
Figure imgf000196_0001
wherein R2 is absent or is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, NRy, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, -CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl)-; wherein Ry is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl or H;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; each R1 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 alkyl and substituted C1 to C6 alkyl; n1 is 0, 1 or 2; n’ is 1 or 2; m is 0, 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
9. A bifunctional molecule according to claims 1 to 5, wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Ila):
Figure imgf000197_0001
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CH(aryl)-, -CH(substituted aryl)-, - CH(heteroaryl)- and -CH(substituted heteroaryl);
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000197_0002
10. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (lib):
Figure imgf000197_0003
wherein R2 is selected from aryl substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein Z is not:
Figure imgf000198_0001
11 . A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula lle ):
Figure imgf000198_0002
wherein R2 is selected from heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
X1 is CH2;
X2 and X3 are each independently CH2 or O; with the proviso that none or only 1 of X2 and X3 is O; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
12. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (lid):
Figure imgf000199_0001
wherein R2 is selected from heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
13. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula lle ):
Figure imgf000199_0002
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; n is 1 or 2; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
14. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Ilf):
Figure imgf000200_0001
wherein R2 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
15. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (III):
Figure imgf000200_0002
wherein R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and n is 0,1 , 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
16. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (Illa):
Figure imgf000200_0003
wherein R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
17. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (lllb):
Figure imgf000201_0001
wherein R1 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
18. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (IV):
Figure imgf000201_0002
wherein R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group; R4 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; and n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
19. A bifunctional molecule according to claim 1 , wherein Z comprises a structure according to formula (IVa):
Figure imgf000202_0001
wherein R3 is selected from C1 to C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, and substituted heteroaryl, optionally wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl is substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group;
R4 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; and L shows the point of attachment of the linker.
20. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 4 to 13, 15 and 18, wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3 and n1 is 0, 1 or 2.
21. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 6 to 8, 15, 16 and 17, wherein each R1 is independently:
(i) selected from the group consisting of: phenyl that is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; C3 to Cs cycloalkyl; or
(ii) selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrazolyl, and substituted pyrazolyl.
22. The bifunctional molecule of claim 6 or claim 7 wherein two R1 groups combine to form a C3-5cycloalkyl.
23. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 6 to 8, 15, 16 and 17, wherein R1 is a C3 to C7 cycloalkyl or a C1 to C3 alkyl.
24. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 6 to 8, 15, 16 and 17, wherein R1 is selected from one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000203_0001
25. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein R2 is:
(i) selected from phenyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from H, C1 to C6 alkyl, halo, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; and heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 N atoms, the heteroaryl being optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from C1-C6 alkyl, halo, C1-C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy;
(ii) selected from optionally substituted phenyl, and optionally substituted pyrazolyl;
(iii) selected from one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000203_0002
wherein R6 is selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, halo, C1-C6 haloalkyl and C1-C6 alkoxy; or
(iv) is absent.
26. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein R2 is:
(i) an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein the heterocycloalkyl has 3 to 10 ring atoms and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S;
(ii) selected from optionally substituted piperidinyl, and optionally substituted piperazinyl;
(iii) selected from one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000204_0001
wherein R6 is selected from H, C1 to C6 alkyl, halo, C1 to C6 haloalkyl and C1 to C6 alkoxy; or (iv) is absent.
27. The bifunctional molecule of any one of the preceding claims, wherein R3 is:
(i) selected from C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with a heterocycloalkyl group having 5 to 7 ring atoms and containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; aryl having 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms; and heteroaryl having 5 to 10 ring atoms and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; wherein the aryl and the heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1 to C3 alkyl, C1 to C3 haloalkyl and C1 to C3 alkoxy; or
(ii) selected from optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl, optionally substituted pyrazolyl, optionally substituted oxazoyl, tert-butyl, C1-C6 alkyl comprising a morpholino substituent, optionally substituted benzothiazolyl and optionally substituted pyridinyl.
28. The bifunctional molecule of any one of the preceding claims, wherein R3 is selected from one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000205_0001
wherein R5 is selected from halo, CF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, C1 to C6 alkyl, -CN, -OH, -OMe, -SMe,
-SOMe, -SO2Me, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, CO2Me, -NO2, CHO, and COMe.
29. The bifunctional molecule of any one of the preceding claims, wherein R3 is selected from one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000206_0001
30. The bifunctional molecule of claim 1, wherein Z comprises one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
80Z
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
wherein R3 in each of the structures above is one of the following:
Figure imgf000212_0002
Figure imgf000213_0001
31. The bifunctional molecule according to any one claimsl to 30, wherein the TBL has the structure of:
(a) Formula (SIH):
Figure imgf000213_0002
wherein: each RS1 is independently selected from OH, -O-C1-4 alkyl, -O-C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, O(CO)RS6; each RS2 is independently selected from halogen. CN, C1.6 alkyl, C1.6 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cyclohaloalkyl, OH, -O-C1-4 alkyl, NH2, -NRS5-C1-4 alkyl, -O-C1-4 haloalkyl, - NRS5-C1-4 haloalkyl, -O-C3-7 cycloalkyl, -NRS5- C3-7 cycloalkyl; each RS3 is independently selected from halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl; each RS5 is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cyclohaloalkyl;
RS6 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl; ms is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; ns is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; ps is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
(b) the TBL is of Formula T(ll);
Figure imgf000214_0001
wherein:
Ring G is aryl or heteroaryl; each XT is independently CH or N; each YT is independently CRTc or N, wherein RTc is halogen or C1-3 alkyl;
RT1 is selected from H, C1.9 alkyl, C1.g haloalkyl; C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cyclohaloalkyl; a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, C6- 10aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, -(C1-6 alkyl)-(C3-7 cycloalkyl), -(C1-6 alkyl)-(a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl), C(O)RTb, C(O)NRTa, SO2 Ta, and SO2NRTa, wherein when RT1 is not H, RT1 is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, ORa, N(Ra)2, C1.9 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, C6- 10 aryl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C(O)RTa, C(O)NRTa, SO2RTa, and SO2NRTa;
RTa is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, and a 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, wherein RTa is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, OH, OC1-6 alkyl, and SO2-C1.6 alkyl;
RTb is independently selected from H, -ORTa, C1-6 alkyl, -(C1-6alkyl)-(C3-7 cycloalkyl), C3- 7 cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, wherein RTb is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halogen, CN, C1-6 haloalkyl, OH, OC1.6 alkyl, and SO2-C1.6 alkyl, RT2 and RT2’ are independently selected from H, halogen, -CN, C1-6 alkyl, -ORTa, -C1-6 alkyl-OH, -C1-6 alkyl-ORTa, -C1-6 alkyl-SO2-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 cycloalkyl, 5- or 6- membered heterocyloalkyl, -N(RTa)2, -C1-6 alkyl-NRTa-C1-6 alkyl, -C1-6 alkyl-NH2, -C1-6 alky- NHSO2-C1.6 alkyl, -C1.6 alkyl-CN, -CO2H, -CORTa, -CO2RTa, -CON(RTa)2, -C1-6 alkyl-CONH2, - NRTaCO-C1-6 alkyl, -NRTaS(O)2-C1.6 alkyl, -S(O)2N(RTa)2;
RT3 is selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6 alkyl, CH2OH, -C1-6alkyl-ORTa, -C1-6alkyl-SC>2- C1.6 alkyl, C1.6 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cyclohaloalkyl, 5- or 6-membered heterocyloalkyl, -C1-6 alkyl-NRTa-C1-6 alkyl, -C1-6 alky-NHSO2-C1-6 alkyl, -C1-6 alkyl-CN, -CO2H, -CO-C1.6 alkyl, - CO2-C1.6 alkyl, -CON(RTa)2, -C1-6 alkyl-CONH2, -N(RTa)2, -NRTaCO-C1-6 alkyl, -NRTaS(O)2-C1.6 alkyl; and qT is 0, 1, 2 or 3; wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
32. The bifunctional molecule of claim 31 , wherein the TBL is of Formula Sil la or Formula SI I lb:
Figure imgf000215_0001
wherein:
RS1 , RS2, RS3, m, n and p are as defined in Formula (SIH); wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
33. The bifunctional molecule of claim 32, wherein: a) RS1 is OH; and/or b) ms is 1 ; and/or c) ns is 0; and/or d) ps is 0.
34. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein TBL is of Formula
SIV:
Figure imgf000216_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
35. The bifunctional molecule of claim 34, wherein TBL is of Formula SV:
Figure imgf000216_0002
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
36. The bifunctional molecule of claim 31 , wherein when the TBL is of Formula TH: a) each XT is N and each YT is CH; or b) each XT is CH and each YT is CRTc.
37. The bifunctional molecule of claim 31 , wherein ring G is selected from:
Figure imgf000217_0001
wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and wherein '' indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
38 The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 31 , 36 and 37, wherein RT2 is C1-6 alkyl and RT2’ is H.
39. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 31 and 36 to 38, wherein RT1 is
Figure imgf000217_0002
RT6 and RT7 are each independently selected from H, Me or F, or RT6 and RT7 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl ring or an oxetanyl ring;
RT8 is selected from H, Me, F, CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CN, CH2CN, CH2OMe, CH2OH, CO2H, CO2Me or SO2Me; and wherein ' indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
40. The bifunctional molecule of claim 39, wherein, RT1 has a structure selected from:
Figure imgf000218_0001
wherein '' indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the TBL structure.
41. The bifunctional molecule of claim 39 or claim 40, wherein: a) RT6 is Me; and/or b) RT7 is Me; and/or c) RT8 is F; and/or d) qT is 0.
42. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 39 to 41 , wherein the TBL is of Formula Till:
Figure imgf000219_0001
wherein:
Ring G, XT, YT, RT2, RT2’, RT6, RT7 and RT8 are as defined in Formula TH; and wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
43. The bifunctional molecule of claim 42, wherein the TBL is of Formula TIV:
Figure imgf000219_0002
wherein:
Ring G, XT, YT, RT6, RT7 and RT8 are as defined in Formula TH or Till; and wherein indicates the point of attachment of the linker.
44. The bifunctional molecule of claim 43, wherein the TBL is of Formula TIVa or TIVb:
Figure imgf000220_0001
45. The bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein the TBL is of formula Via:
Figure imgf000220_0002
wherein:
V1 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently substituted by one or more RV1 , wherein each RV1 is independently selected from: halo; hydroxy; nitro; -CN; -C=CH; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo, C2-6 alkenyl, C^ alkynyl;
V2 is selected from: C1.6 alkyl; C1.8 cycloalkyl; heterocycloalkyl; aryl; or heteroaryl; each optionally substituted by 1 , 2 or 3 RV2, wherein each RV2 is independently selected from: halo, C1.6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; OC1-3 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo, OH, NRY1RY2, CN, C2-4 alkenyl C2-4 alkynyl;
A is selected from:
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000221_0002
Figure imgf000221_0003
wherein indicates the point of attachment to ring V1, and indicates the point of attachment to ring V2; and wherein:
Y1 and Y2 are each independently selected from NRY1, O and S;
RV1 , RV2 are each independently selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or RV1 and RV2 taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7-membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
Y3 is selected from NRY1, O and S;
Y4 is selected from a bond, NRY2, CRY3RY4, O and S; -NRY2C=O-, -C=ONRY2-; - NRY2C=S-, -C=SNRY2-; S=O; SO2; and C=O;
Q is a 3- to 7-membered cycloalkyl ring, wherein the cycloalkyl ring contains 0-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O or S; each RQ is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or two RQ groups taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7- membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; RY1 , RY2. RY3, RY4 are each independently selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; n is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; and wherein the TBL is attached to the linker at any suitable position.
46. The bifunctional molecule of claim 45, wherein the TBL is attached to the linker via covalent coupling to V2.
47. The bifunctional molecule of claim 45 or claim 46, wherein V1 is:
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000222_0002
wherein indicates the point of attachment to ring A; and
Rv1a is selected from: halo; C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
Xv is N, or CRv1 b, wherein Rv1 b is selected from: H; halo; C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
48. The bifunctional molecule of claim 47, wherein:
Xv is CH; and
Rv1a is selected from Cl and CF3.
49. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 45 to 48, wherein V2 comprises:
Figure imgf000222_0003
J A wherein indicates the point of attachment to ring A, and L indicates the point of attachment of the linker; and
Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are each independently selected from: N, or CRV2b, wherein RV2b is selected from: H; halo; C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; -OC1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
50. The bifunctional molecule of claim 49, wherein:
Z1 is N, or CH;
Z2, Z3 and Z4 are each CH.
51. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 45 to 50, wherein TBL is of Formula Vila:
Figure imgf000223_0001
wherein V2, Xv, Y1, Y2, RV1, RV2, Rv1a and L are as defined for formula Via.
52. The bifunctional molecule of claim 51 , wherein TBL is of Formula Vlla(i):
Figure imgf000223_0002
wherein Xv, Y1, Y2, RV1 , RV2, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Via.
53. The bifunctional molecule of claim 52, wherein TBL is of Formula Vlla(ii) or Vlla(iii):
Figure imgf000224_0001
wherein Xv, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Via.
54. The bifunctional molecule of claim 53, wherein TBL is of Formula Vlla(iv) or Vlla(v):
Figure imgf000224_0002
wherein L is as defined for formula Via.
55. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 45 to 50, wherein TBL is of Formula
Vllb:
Figure imgf000225_0001
wherein V2, Xv, Y3, Y4, Rv1a and L are as defined for formula Via; and wherein:
RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd are each independently selected from C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo; or
RQa and RQb, or RQc and RQd, taken together with the atom to which they are attached, form a 3-7-membered cycloalkyl ring containing 0-2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
56. The bifunctional molecule of claim 55, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllb(i):
Figure imgf000225_0002
wherein Xv, Y3, RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula Vllb.
57. The bifunctional molecule of claim 56, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllb(ii):
Figure imgf000226_0001
wherein Xv, Y3, RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula VI lb.
58. The bifunctional molecule of claim 57, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllb(iii):
Figure imgf000226_0002
(Vllb(iii)) wherein Xv, Y3, RQa, RQb, RQc, RQd, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and L are as defined for formula VI lb.
59. The bifunctional molecule of claim 58, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllb(iv) or Vllb(v):
Figure imgf000227_0001
wherein L is as defined for formula VI I b.
60. The bifunctional molecule of any one of claims 45 to 59, wherein TBL is of Formula Vile:
Figure imgf000227_0002
wherein Xv, V2, Y3, Y4, RQ, Rv1a and L are as defined for formula VI I b; and pv is 0, 1 or 2. The bifunctional molecule of claim 60, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllc(i):
Figure imgf000228_0001
wherein Xv, V2, Y3, Y4, RQ, Rv1a, p and L are as defined for formula Vile. The bifunctional molecule of claim 61 , wherein TBL is of Formula Vllc(ii):
Figure imgf000228_0002
wherein Xv, Y3, Y4, RQ, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, pv and L are as defined for formula Vile. The bifunctional molecule of claim 62, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllc(iii):
Figure imgf000229_0001
(Vllc(iii)) wherein Xv, RQ, Rv1a, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, pv and L are as defined for formula Vile.
64. The bifunctional molecule of claim 63, wherein TBL is of Formula Vllc(iv):
Figure imgf000229_0002
(Vllc(iv)) wherein L is as defined for formula Vile.
65. The bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 64, wherein the linker comprises 1 to 25 or 1 to 18 atoms in a single linear chain.
66. The bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 65, wherein linker comprises 1 to 10 or 1 to 8 rotatable bonds.
67. The bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 66, wherein the linker (L) is a covalent bond or the structure of the linker (L) is:
(Lx)q wherein each Lx represents a subunit of L that is independently selected from CRL1RL2, O, C=O, S, SO, SO2, NRL3, SONRL4, SONRL5C=O, CONRL6, NRL7CO, C(RL8)=C(RL9), C=C, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and substituted heterocycloalkyl groups; wherein RL1, RL2, RL3, RL4, RL5, RL6, RL7, RL8 and RL9 are each independently selected from H, halo, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6, haloalkyl, -OH, -O(C1 to C6 alkyl), -NH2, -NH(C1 to C6 alkyl), -NO2, -CN, -CONH2, -CONH(C1 to C6 alkyl), -CON(C1 to C6 alkyl)2, -SO2(C1 to C6 alkyl), -CO2(C1 to C6 alkyl), and -CO(C1 to C6 alkyl); and q is an integer between 1 and 30.
68. The bifunctional molecule according to any one claims 1 to 67 wherein the linker (L) may be represented as shown in formula (L1a):
Figure imgf000230_0001
wherein L1A is absent or is selected from C1-C6 alkylene, C1-C6 alkoxy) and C1-C6 alkylamino;
L2A is -NRL2AC=O- or -C=ONRL2A-; and
L3A is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 alkylamino; wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl; or, the structure of the linker (L) may be represented as shown in formula (L1b):
Figure imgf000230_0002
wherein L1 B is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 alkylamino;
L2B is -NRL2AC=O- or -C=ONRL2A-;
L3B is selected from C1-C15 alkylene, - [( CH2)2O] 1-6( CH2)2-;
L4B is -NRL2AC=O- or -C=ONRL2A- wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl;
L5B is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 alkylamino; wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl; or, the structure of the linker (L) may be represented as shown in formula (L1c):
Figure imgf000230_0003
wherein L1C is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S;
L2C is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 alkylamino;
L3C is -RL2BC=O- or -(C=O)RL2B-; and
L4C is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, C1-C6 alkoxy and C1-C6 alkylamino; wherein:
RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl; and
RL2B is NRL2A; or an N-linked optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N- heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; or, the structure of the linker (L) may be represented as shown in formula (L1d):
1 1 D 1 2D _ 1 3D
(L1d) wherein L1 D is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, CO, C1-C3 alkylene(N(C1-Cs alkyl);
L2D is NRL2A or an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, or an optionally substituted 8- to 18-membered tricyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; wherein RL2A is H or C1-C6 alkyl; and
L3D is absent or is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, -O-, -N(C1-C3 alkyl)-, and CO; or, the structure of the linker (L) may be represented as shown in formula (Lie):
Figure imgf000231_0001
wherein L1 E is C1-C3 alkylene or CO;
L2E is an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered monocyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, an optionally substituted 7- to 12-membered bicyclic N-heterocycloalkyl, each optionally containing one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S; and L3E is selected from C1-C3 alkylene; or, the linker (L) may be represented as shown in formula (L1f):
L1 F (L1f) wherein L1 F is selected from C1-C3 alkylene, CO, and C1-C3 alkylene(NRL1c); wherein RL1C is H or C1-C3 alkyl.
69. The bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 68, wherein the bifunctional molecule has a structure as shown in Table 1.
70. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 69, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, optionally wherein the bifunctional molecule is present in the composition as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or derivative.
71 . A bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 69, or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 70, for use in medicine.
72. A bifunctional molecule according to any one of claims 1 to 69, or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 70, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of any disease or condition which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor.
73. The bifunctional molecule or pharmaceutical composition for use of claim 71 or 72, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer.
74. A method of treating and/or preventing any disease or condition which is associated with and/or is caused by an abnormal level of protein activity of the estrogen receptor or androgen receptor, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule as defined in any one of claims 1 to 69, or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 70 to a subject in need thereof.
75. The method of claim 74, wherein the disease or condition is cancer.
76. A method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a cell, the method comprising contacting and/or treating the cell with a bifunctional molecule as defined in any one of claims 1 to 69 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 70, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
77. A method of selectively degrading and/or increasing proteolysis of a target protein in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a bifunctional molecule as defined in any one of claims 1 to 69 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 70, wherein the target protein is selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
78. Use of a moiety Z as defined in any one of claims 1 to 69 in a method of targeted protein degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
79. Use of a moiety Z as defined in any one of claims 1 to 69 in the manufacture of a bifunctional molecule suitable for targeted protein degradation of a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and (ii) androgen receptor.
80. A method of making a bifunctional molecule as defined in any one of claims 1 to 69.
81 . A method of screening the bifunctional molecules according to any one of claims 1 to 69, comprising: a. providing a bifunctional molecule comprising:
(i) a first ligand comprising a structure according to Z as defined in any one of claims 1 to 30;
(ii) a second ligand that binds to a target protein selected from an: (i) estrogen receptor; and
(ii) androgen receptor; and
(iii) a linker that covalently attaches the first and second ligands; b. contacting a cell with the bifunctional molecule; c. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell; d. detecting degradation of the target protein in the cell in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; and e. comparing the level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule to the level of degradation of the target protein in the absence of the bifunctional molecule; wherein an increased level of degradation of the target protein in the cell contacted with the bifunctional molecule indicates that the bifunctional molecule has facilitated and/or promoted the degradation of the target protein, optionally wherein detecting degradation of the target protein comprises detecting changes in the levels of the target protein in the cell.
82. The method of claim 81 , wherein the second ligand is as defined in any one of claims 31 to 66.
83. The method of claim 80 or claim 81 , wherein the linker is as defined in any one of claim 67 or claim 68.
84. A compound library comprising a plurality of bifunctional molecules according to any one of claims 1 to 69.
PCT/GB2023/051594 2022-06-16 2023-06-16 Bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation WO2023242598A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB2208874.4A GB202208874D0 (en) 2022-06-16 2022-06-16 Novel molecules for targeted protein degradation
GB2208874.4 2022-06-16
GBGB2219257.9A GB202219257D0 (en) 2022-12-20 2022-12-20 Novel bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation
GB2219257.9 2022-12-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023242598A1 true WO2023242598A1 (en) 2023-12-21

Family

ID=87419003

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2023/051594 WO2023242598A1 (en) 2022-06-16 2023-06-16 Bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023242598A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU59063U1 (en) 2006-05-30 2006-12-10 Государственное образовательное учреждение высшего профессионального образования "Ульяновский государственный технический университет" MULTI-LAYER CUTTING TOOL
WO2018071606A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
WO2018102725A1 (en) * 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Arvinas, Inc. Tetrahydronaphthalene and tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives as estrogen receptor degraders
WO2019238886A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 University Of Dundee Bifunctional molecules for targeting usp14
WO2019238817A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 University Of Dundee Bifunctional molecules for targeting rpn11
WO2019238816A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 University Of Dundee Bifunctional molecules for targeting uchl5
WO2022129925A1 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-06-23 Amphista Therapeutics Limited Novel bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU59063U1 (en) 2006-05-30 2006-12-10 Государственное образовательное учреждение высшего профессионального образования "Ульяновский государственный технический университет" MULTI-LAYER CUTTING TOOL
WO2018071606A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
WO2018102725A1 (en) * 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Arvinas, Inc. Tetrahydronaphthalene and tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives as estrogen receptor degraders
WO2019238886A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 University Of Dundee Bifunctional molecules for targeting usp14
WO2019238817A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 University Of Dundee Bifunctional molecules for targeting rpn11
WO2019238816A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 University Of Dundee Bifunctional molecules for targeting uchl5
WO2022129925A1 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-06-23 Amphista Therapeutics Limited Novel bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A. D. JENKINS ET AL., PURE & APPL. CHEM., vol. 68, 1996, pages 2287 - 2311
ALDRICH CHEMICAL CO., vol. 489, pages 689 - 2
S. M. BERGE ET AL.: "describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in", J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
TROUP ROBERT I. ET AL: "Current strategies for the design of PROTAC linkers: a critical review", EXPLORATION OF TARGETED ANTI-TUMOR THERAPY, vol. 1, no. 5, 30 October 2020 (2020-10-30), XP055828975, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.explorationpub.com/uploads/Article/A100218/100218.pdf> DOI: 10.37349/etat.2020.00018 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7502337B2 (en) KRAS G12C INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF
EP3675839B1 (en) Novel compounds having estrogen receptor alpha degradation activity and uses thereof
CN102947265B (en) Methionin specific demethylase-1 inhibitor and application thereof
AU2015342887B2 (en) Substituted pyrazolo(1,5-a)pyrimidines and their use in the treatment of medical disorders
CN105026373A (en) Pyridone amides as modulators of sodium channels
JP2022547716A (en) Bifunctional degradation inducers and methods of using them
WO2016169421A1 (en) Imidazo isoindole derivative, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
WO2021061644A1 (en) Novel substituted quinoline-8-carbonitrile derivatives with androgen receptor degradation activity and uses thereof
WO2021061642A1 (en) Novel ureas having androgen receptor degradation activity and uses thereof
CN105461699A (en) Substituted heterocyclic compound, and use method and use thereof
WO2020214952A1 (en) Novel compounds having bet, estrogen receptor, and androgen receptor degradation activity and uses thereof
WO2022115439A1 (en) Kras g12c inhibitors and uses thereof
CN112409376A (en) Protein degradation targeting chimera based on DCAF15, and preparation method and application thereof
US7064207B2 (en) Androgen receptor antagonists
CA3113532A1 (en) Pentafluorophenyl sulfonamide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
JP2022546414A (en) PERK inhibiting pyrrolopyrimidine compounds
US7009052B2 (en) Sulfonamide derivatives
CN104105690A (en) Cyclic urea derivatives as androgen receptor antagonists
CN101282941A (en) Imidazole compounds for the treatment of neurological disorders
WO2023242598A1 (en) Bifunctional molecules for targeted protein degradation
EP3351544A1 (en) Benzene disulfonamide for the treatment of cancer
WO2022161166A1 (en) Targeting chimeric compound, pharmaceutical composition comprising same, preparation method therefor and use thereof
EP3242881A1 (en) Furoquinolinediones as inhibitors of tdp2
WO2022237780A1 (en) Amide derivative and use thereof
RU2813145C2 (en) Lysine-specific histone demethylase 1a (kdm1a) inhibitors for disease therapy

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23744221

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1